WO2025051074A1 - Communication method, communication apparatus, chip and computer-readable storage medium - Google Patents
Communication method, communication apparatus, chip and computer-readable storage medium Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025051074A1 WO2025051074A1 PCT/CN2024/116170 CN2024116170W WO2025051074A1 WO 2025051074 A1 WO2025051074 A1 WO 2025051074A1 CN 2024116170 W CN2024116170 W CN 2024116170W WO 2025051074 A1 WO2025051074 A1 WO 2025051074A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- period
- mib
- synchronization signal
- time period
- ratio
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
- H04W56/001—Synchronization between nodes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
Definitions
- the terminal device In a mobile communication system, after the terminal device is turned on, it is usually necessary to search for a suitable cell as quickly as possible (for example, the cell with the highest power measured by the terminal device). After the terminal device is synchronized with the cell in terms of time slot and frequency, it needs to continue to read the system information of the cell and then log in (or access) to the cell. After logging in to the cell, the terminal device can use the services of the network.
- the base station In order to enable the terminal device to synchronize with the cell in terms of time slot and frequency as quickly as possible, the base station periodically sends a synchronization signal.
- the synchronization signals periodically sent by the base station include the primary synchronization signal (PSS) and the secondary synchronization signal (SSS).
- system information is repeatedly broadcast by network-side devices (such as base stations) so that the terminal device can obtain system information in a timely manner no matter when it is turned on.
- the system information broadcast by network-side devices is divided into two categories: master information block (MIB) messages and multiple system information block (SIB) messages.
- MIB master information block
- SIB system information block
- the period ratio information is used to replace any of the following: a ratio of a period of a synchronization signal to a period of a MIB within the first time period; a period of a synchronization signal and a period of a MIB within the first time period; an interval between the first synchronization signal and a first MIB after the first synchronization signal; a ratio of a period of a synchronization signal to a period of a MIB within the first time period, and a ratio of a period of a MIB to a period of a system information block (SIB) within the first time period; a period of a synchronization signal, a period of a MIB and a period of a SIB within the first time period.
- SIB system information block
- the method also includes: periodically sending SIB; sending first control information, wherein the first control information indicates at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
- the first control information is used to indicate period ratio information, so that the terminal device can know the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the first time period.
- the method further includes: sending first block information, where the first block information is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the first block information is sent so that the terminal device can obtain the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period based on the first block information, and then merge multiple MIB blocks after receiving them to obtain the original MIB information.
- the method also includes: periodically sending SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
- the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB is variable, rather than constant; thus, it can adapt to different scenarios, for example, when the length of the MIB and the length of the SIB change significantly, the period can be adjusted to improve resource utilization.
- the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the period ratio information; there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the periodic sending of the synchronization signal and the MIB includes: when the duration of the MIB to be sent is greater than a second threshold, periodically sending the synchronization signal and a plurality of sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the MIB to be sent, and the second threshold is greater than or equal to 320 ms.
- a synchronization signal and multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the MIB to be sent are periodically sent; the time the terminal device waits to receive the MIB can be reduced.
- an embodiment of the present application provides another communication method, which includes: receiving a periodically sent synchronization signal and MIB, wherein the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in a first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in a second time period; and parsing the received synchronization signal and MIB.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, rather than fixed.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, which is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is adjusted according to actual needs, which can improve resource utilization, that is, reduce the waste of air interface resources.
- the method also includes: receiving control information, wherein the control information is used to indicate any one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal, the first synchronization signal being the synchronization signal with the shortest interval with the control information within the first time period.
- control information is used to indicate period ratio information
- the terminal device can obtain the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period based on the control information.
- the method also includes: receiving a periodically sent SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
- the first control information is used to indicate period ratio information, so that the terminal device can know the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the first time period.
- the method further includes: receiving first block information, where the first block information is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the terminal device can obtain the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, so as to merge multiple MIB blocks after receiving them to obtain the original MIB information.
- the method also includes: receiving a periodically sent SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
- the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period is variable, rather than constant; thus, when the MIB length and the SIB length change significantly in different scenarios, the period can be adjusted to improve resource utilization.
- the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the period ratio information; no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the first synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate any of the following: Items: ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB within the first time period; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal, the first MIB being the MIB after the first synchronization signal with the shortest time interval with the first synchronization signal.
- the first MIB may be located within the first time period.
- the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the period ratio information; there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the first synchronization signal includes a secondary synchronization signal (SSS), and the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB in the first time period; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal.
- SSS secondary synchronization signal
- the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items, including: the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal.
- the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, thereby saving signaling overhead.
- the duration or time gap of the SSS in the time domain is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB in the first time period; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal.
- the duration of the SSS in the time domain refers to the duration of the SSS.
- the time gap of an SSS in the time domain refers to the duration of the SSS being gapped in the time domain.
- the duration or time gap of the time domain of the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period is less than a first threshold, the first threshold is less than or equal to 5ms, and the MIB periodically sent in the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks, and the multiple sub-MIBs have different sending times.
- the period of the MIB refers to the period of the sub-MIB, that is, the duration between two adjacent sub-MIBs.
- the MIB periodically sent within the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks; thereby avoiding the limitation on the MIB transmission length when the synchronization signal period is too small, improving the flexibility of the system, and ensuring that the MIB signal timing resources are fully available.
- the MIB periodically sent during the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks, the length of each sub-MIB is less than a second threshold, the sending times of the multiple sub-MIBs are different, and the second threshold is greater than or equal to 320ms.
- the durations of the multiple sub-MIBs are equal, and the durations of the multiple sub-MIBs are obtained based on a period of a synchronization signal within the first time period and a duration of a synchronization signal within the first time period.
- the duration of the multiple sub-MIBs is obtained based on the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the duration of a synchronization signal in the first time period; the duration of the sub-MIBs can be reasonably determined.
- At least two MIBs among the multiple sub-MIBs have different durations, and the duration of a sub-MIB among the multiple sub-MIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB among the multiple sub-MIBs.
- the duration of a sub-MIB in multiple sub-MIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs; signaling overhead can be saved.
- the second synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period may include: the duration of the sub-MIB sent in the first time period and the number of sub-MIBs.
- the second synchronization signal is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
- the second synchronization signal includes an SSS, and a frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
- the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
- the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the first MIB block is composed of f sub-MIBs of equal length; the first MIB block is composed of f sub-MIBs of different lengths; the first MIB block is composed of t sub-MIBs, and the t sub-MIBs include s sub-MIBs of a first length and s sub-MIBs of a second length, f is an integer greater than 1, t is an integer greater than 3, and s is an integer greater than 1.
- At least two of the multiple sub-MIBs use different scrambling codes, or at least two of the multiple sub-MIBs (which may be referred to as MIB blocks) use different scrambling for a cyclic redundancy check (CRC).
- CRC cyclic redundancy check
- the benefit of scrambling the sub-MIB is to reduce the interference of neighboring cells.
- Only the terminal equipment in the cell can descramble the information received in the cell according to the cell-specific scrambling code sequence formed by the identity (ID) of the cell.
- different MIB blocks use different scrambling codes.
- the scrambling code initialization seed can be the entire ID or part of the cell ID.
- different blocks of the MIB i.e., sub-MIBs
- only the current MIB block can descramble the received MIB block according to the dedicated scrambling code sequence formed by the scrambling code of the current block, which can prevent the terminal equipment from incorrectly judging the order of the current block in the original MIB.
- the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period is less than a first threshold, the period of the synchronization signal in the second time period is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the first threshold is less than or equal to 5ms; the duration of the symbol in the MIB periodically repeatedly sent in the first time period is shorter than the duration of the symbol in the MIB periodically repeatedly sent in the second time period.
- the duration of the symbol in the MIB periodically repeatedly sent in the first time period is shorter than the duration of the symbol in the MIB periodically repeatedly sent in the second time period can be replaced by: the duration of a MIB in the first time period is shorter than the duration of a MIB in the second time period.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is greater than the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the second time period to the period of the MIB.
- duration refers to a duration, and duration can be replaced by duration.
- the duration of symbols in the MIB that is periodically repeatedly sent in the first time period is shorter than the duration of symbols in the MIB that is periodically repeatedly sent in the second time period, indicating that the MIB in the first time period is compared with the MIB in the second time period.
- the duration of symbols in a single MIB is reduced, that is, the duration of the MIB is shortened and the number of repetitions of the MIB is increased; resource utilization can be improved.
- a ratio of a period of the synchronization signal to a period of the MIB in the first time period is associated with a duration of a synchronization signal and a duration of a MIB in the first time period.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is associated with the duration of a synchronization signal and the duration of a MIB in the first time period; a method for determining the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is provided.
- the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), and the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the synchronization signal is (k+1), and k is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1)
- the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the synchronization signal is (k+1)
- k is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is determined based on the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB can be reasonably determined to improve resource utilization.
- the first synchronization signal within the first time period includes an SSS
- the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB within the first time period to the period of the SIB; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB, and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
- the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items, including:
- the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB in the first time period.
- the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, thereby saving signaling overhead.
- an embodiment of the present application provides another communication method, which includes: generating MIB and SIB; periodically sending MIB and SIB, and the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in a third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in a fourth time period.
- the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the fourth time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is variable, rather than fixed.
- the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is variable, compared with the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization.
- the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is adjusted according to actual needs, which can improve resource utilization, that is, reduce the waste of air interface resources.
- the method further includes: sending second control information, where the second control information is used to indicate any one of the following: a ratio of a period of the MIB to a period of the SIB within the third time period; a period of the MIB and a period of the SIB within the third time period.
- sending the second control information can enable the terminal device to learn the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period.
- the method further includes: sending second block information, where the second block information is used to indicate block information of the SIB sent in the third time period.
- the second block information is sent so that the terminal device acquires the block information of the SIB sent in the third time period based on the second block information.
- an embodiment of the present application provides another communication method, which includes: receiving periodically sent MIB and SIB, the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in a third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in a fourth time period; parsing the received MIB and SIB.
- the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the fourth time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is variable, rather than fixed.
- the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is variable, compared with the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization.
- the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is adjusted according to actual needs, which can improve resource utilization, that is, reduce the waste of air interface resources.
- the method further includes: receiving second control information, where the second control information is used to indicate any one of the following: a ratio of a period of the MIB to a period of the SIB within the third time period; a period of the MIB and a period of the SIB within the third time period.
- the second control information is received, and the terminal device can obtain the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period based on the second control information.
- the method further includes: receiving second block information, where the second block information is used to indicate block information of the SIB sent in the third time period.
- the second block information is received, and based on the second block information, the terminal device can obtain the block information of the SIB sent in the third time period.
- the SIB periodically sent in the third time period includes multiple sub-SIBs obtained by dividing one SIB block, and the sending times of the multiple sub-SIBs are different.
- the SIB periodically sent in the third time period includes multiple sub-SIBs obtained by dividing one SIB into blocks, which can improve resource utilization.
- the durations of the multiple sub-SIBs are equal, and the durations of the multiple sub-SIBs are obtained based on the period of the MIB within the third time period and the duration of a MIB within the third time period.
- the duration of the multiple sub-SIBs is obtained based on the period of the MIB in the third time period and the duration of one MIB in the third time period; the duration of the sub-SIBs can be reasonably determined.
- the duration of a sub-SIB in a plurality of sub-SIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-SIB in the plurality of sub-SIBs, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the order of the sub-SIB in the plurality of sub-SIBs; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
- At least two of the multiple sub-SIBs use different scrambling codes, or at least two of the multiple sub-SIBs (which may be referred to as MIB blocks) use different scrambling for CRC.
- the benefit of scrambling the sub-SIB is to reduce the interference of neighboring cells.
- Only the terminal equipment in the cell can descramble the information received in the cell according to the cell-specific scrambling code sequence formed by the identity (ID) of the cell.
- different SIB blocks use different scrambling codes.
- the scrambling code initialization seed can be the entire ID or part of the cell ID.
- different blocks of the SIB i.e., sub-SIBs
- only the current SIB block can descramble the received SIB block according to the dedicated scrambling code sequence formed by the scrambling code of the current block, which can prevent the terminal equipment from incorrectly judging the order of the current block in the original SIB.
- the duration of the symbols in the SIB periodically repeatedly sent in the third time period is shorter than the duration of the symbols in the SIB periodically repeatedly sent in the fourth time period.
- the duration of the symbols in the SIB periodically repeatedly sent in the third time period is shorter than the duration of the symbols in the SIB periodically repeatedly sent in the fourth time period can be replaced by: the duration of a SIB in the third time period is shorter than the duration of a SIB in the fourth time period.
- the ratio of the period of the MIB in the third time period to the period of the SIB is greater than the ratio of the period of the MIB in the fourth time period to the period of the SIB.
- the duration of symbols in the SIB periodically repeatedly sent in the third time period is shorter than the duration of symbols in the SIB periodically repeatedly sent in the fourth time period, indicating that the SIB in the third time period is compared with the SIB in the fourth time period.
- the duration of the symbols in a single SIB is reduced, that is, the duration of the SIB is shortened and the number of repetitions of the SIB is increased; this can improve resource utilization.
- a ratio of a period of the MIB to a period of the SIB in the third time period is associated with a duration of a MIB and a duration of a SIB in the third time period.
- the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period is associated with the duration of a MIB and a SIB in the third time period; a method for determining the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period is provided.
- the ratio of the duration of the SIB in the third time period to the duration of the MIB is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), and the ratio of the period of the SIB in the third time period to the period of the MIB is (k+1), and k is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- the ratio of the duration of the SIB in the third time period to the duration of the MIB is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1)
- the ratio of the period of the SIB in the third time period to the period of the MIB is (k+1)
- k is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period is determined based on the ratio of the SIB duration to the MIB duration in the third time period.
- the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period can be reasonably determined to improve resource utilization.
- an embodiment of the present application provides another communication method, which includes: a network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a master information block MIB, and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in a first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in a second time period; a terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, rather than fixed.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, which is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization.
- the first synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate any one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal, the first MIB being the MIB after the first synchronization signal with the shortest time interval with the first synchronization signal.
- the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the period ratio information; there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the first synchronization signal includes SSS
- the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal.
- the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items, including: the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal.
- the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, thereby saving signaling overhead.
- the duration or time gap of the time domain of the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the method also includes: the network device sends control information, and the control information is used to indicate any one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal, the first synchronization signal being the synchronization signal with the shortest interval with the control information within the first time period; and the terminal device receives the control information.
- control information is used to indicate period ratio information
- the terminal device can obtain the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period based on the control information.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is associated with the duration of a synchronization signal and the duration of a MIB in the first time period.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is associated with the duration of a synchronization signal and the duration of a MIB in the first time period; a method for determining the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is provided.
- the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), and the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the synchronization signal is (k+1), where k is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1)
- the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the synchronization signal is (k+1), where k is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is determined based on the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB can be reasonably determined to improve resource utilization.
- the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period is less than a first threshold, the first threshold is less than or equal to 5 ms, and the MIB periodically sent in the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks, and the sending times of the multiple sub-MIBs are different.
- the MIB periodically sent in the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks; resource utilization can be improved.
- the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB, including: the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the MIB to be sent when the duration of the MIB to be sent is greater than a second threshold, and the second threshold is greater than or equal to 320ms.
- a synchronization signal and multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the MIB to be sent are periodically sent; the time the terminal device waits to receive the MIB can be reduced.
- the durations of the multiple sub-MIBs are equal, and the durations of the multiple sub-MIBs are obtained based on a period of a synchronization signal in the first time period and a duration of a synchronization signal in the first time period.
- the duration of the multiple sub-MIBs is obtained based on the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the duration of a synchronization signal in the first time period; the duration of the sub-MIBs can be reasonably determined.
- At least two MIBs among the multiple sub-MIBs have different durations, and the duration of a sub-MIB among the multiple sub-MIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB among the multiple sub-MIBs.
- the duration of a sub-MIB in multiple sub-MIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs; signaling overhead can be saved.
- the second synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period may include: the duration of the sub-MIB sent in the first time period and the number of sub-MIBs.
- the second synchronization signal is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
- the second synchronization signal includes an SSS, and a frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
- the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
- the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the first MIB block is composed of f sub-MIBs of equal length; the first MIB block is composed of f sub-MIBs of different lengths; the first MIB block is composed of t sub-MIBs, and the t sub-MIBs include s sub-MIBs of a first length and s sub-MIBs of a second length, f is an integer greater than 1, t is an integer greater than 3, and s is an integer greater than 1.
- At least two of the multiple sub-MIBs use different scrambling codes, or at least two of the multiple sub-MIBs (which may be referred to as MIB blocks) use different scrambling for cyclic redundancy checks (CRC).
- CRC cyclic redundancy checks
- the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period is less than a first threshold
- the period of the synchronization signal in the second time period is greater than or equal to the first threshold
- the first threshold is less than or equal to 5ms
- the duration of the symbols in the MIB periodically repeated in the first time period is shorter than the duration of the symbols in the MIB periodically repeated in the second time period.
- the method also includes: the network device periodically sends the SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period; the terminal device receives the SIB periodically sent by the network device; the terminal device obtains the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period based on the first synchronization signal.
- the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period is variable, rather than constant, which can improve resource utilization.
- the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the period ratio information; no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the first synchronization signal within the first time period includes SSS, and the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB within the first time period to the period of the SIB; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
- the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items, including: the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the first aspect above.
- the communication device can be a network device, or a component of a network device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the network device.
- the functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software implementations, and the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
- the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the processing module is used to generate a synchronization signal and a MIB; the transceiver module is used to periodically send a synchronization signal and a MIB, and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period.
- the transceiver module is further used to send control information, where the control information is used to indicate any of the following: a ratio of a period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to a period of the MIB; a ratio of a period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to a period of the MIB; period; an interval between a first synchronization signal and a first MIB after the first synchronization signal, wherein the first synchronization signal is a synchronization signal having the shortest interval with the control information within the first time period.
- the transceiver module is also used to periodically send SIB; send first control information, and the first control information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
- the transceiver module is also used to periodically send SIB;
- the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
- Possible implementations of the communication device of the sixth aspect may refer to various possible implementations of the first aspect.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the second aspect above.
- the communication device can be a terminal device, or a component of a terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the terminal device.
- the functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software implementations, and the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
- the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is used to receive periodically sent synchronization signals and MIBs, and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period; the processing module is used to parse the received synchronization signal and MIB.
- the transceiver module is also used to receive control information, and the control information is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB within the first time period; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal, the first synchronization signal being the synchronization signal with the shortest interval with the control information within the first time period.
- the transceiver module is also used to receive a periodically sent SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
- the transceiver module is further used to receive first block information, where the first block information is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the transceiver module is also used to receive a periodically sent SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
- Possible implementations of the communication device of the seventh aspect may refer to various possible implementations of the second aspect.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the third aspect above.
- the communication device may be a network device, or a component of a network device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the network device.
- the functions of the communication device may be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software implementations, and the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
- the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the processing module is used to generate MIB and SIB; the transceiver module is used to periodically send MIB and SIB, and the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the fourth time period.
- the transceiver module is further used to send second control information, and the second control information is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period; the MIB period and the SIB period in the third time period.
- the transceiver module is further used to send second block information, where the second block information is used to indicate the block information of the SIB sent in the third time period.
- Possible implementations of the communication device of the eighth aspect may refer to various possible implementations of the third aspect.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the fourth aspect above.
- the communication device can be a terminal device, or a component of a terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the terminal device.
- the functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software implementations, and the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
- the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is used to receive periodically sent MIB and SIB, and the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the fourth time period; the processing module is used to parse the received MIB and SIB.
- the transceiver module is further used to receive second control information, and the second control information is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period; the MIB period and the SIB period in the third time period.
- the transceiver module is further used to receive second block information, where the second block information is used to indicate block information of the SIB sent in the third time period.
- Possible implementations of the communication device of the ninth aspect may refer to various possible implementations of the fourth aspect.
- an embodiment of the present application provides another communication device, which includes one or more processors, and the one or more processors are used to process data and/or information so that the method in any one of the first to fourth aspects is implemented.
- the communication device further includes a memory storing a program or instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the communication device executes the method as shown in any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
- the communication device may be a chip
- the processor may be a processing unit in the chip
- the memory may be a random access memory or a cache in the chip.
- the process of sending information (or signal) in the above method can be understood as the process of outputting information based on the instructions of the processor.
- the processor When outputting information, the processor outputs the information to the transceiver so that it can be transmitted by the transceiver. After the information is output by the processor, it may also be processed in other ways before reaching the transceiver.
- the processor receives input information
- the transceiver receives the information and inputs it into the processor.
- the information may be processed in other ways before being input into the processor.
- the processor may be a processor specifically used to execute these methods, or may be a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to execute these methods, such as a general-purpose processor, etc.
- the processor may also be used to execute a program stored in the memory, and when the program is executed, the communication device executes the method as shown in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
- the memory is located outside the communication device. In a possible implementation, the memory is located inside the communication device.
- the processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together.
- the communication device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to receive a signal or send a signal.
- the present application provides another communication device, which includes a processing circuit and an interface circuit, wherein the interface circuit is used to acquire or output data; the processing circuit is used to execute the method shown in any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
- the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which a computer program is stored.
- the computer program includes program instructions, which, when executed, enable the computer to execute the method shown in any one of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects.
- the present application provides a computer program product, which includes a computer program, and the computer program includes program instructions, which, when executed, enable a computer to execute a method as shown in any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
- the present application provides a chip comprising a communication interface and a processor; the communication interface is used for sending and receiving signals of the chip; the processor is used for executing computer program instructions so that a communication device including the chip executes a method as shown in any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including the sixth aspect or any possible implementation method of the sixth aspect
- an embodiment of the present application provides another communication system, including the communication device described in the eighth aspect or any possible implementation of the eighth aspect, and the communication device described in the ninth aspect or any possible implementation of the ninth aspect.
- FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present application can be applied;
- FIG2 is an interactive flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and a MIB according to an embodiment of the present application
- FIG4 is a schematic diagram of another network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and a MIB according to an embodiment of the present application
- FIG5 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG6 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 7A is an example of the number and interval of frequencies used by the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application for indicating the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB;
- FIG. 7B is another example of the number and interval of frequencies used by the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application for indicating the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB;
- FIG. 7C is another example of the number and interval of frequencies used by the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application for indicating the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB;
- FIG8A is an example of the duration of the time domain of the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application being used to indicate the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB;
- FIG8B is an example of a time gap in the time domain of the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application being used to indicate a period of a synchronization signal and a period of the MIB;
- FIG8C is an example of a time gap in the time domain of the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application being used to indicate a period of a synchronization signal and a period of the MIB;
- FIG9 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG10 is an example of a network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and a MIB in a first time period according to an embodiment of the present application
- FIG11 is an example of an embodiment of the present application providing the number and/or interval of frequencies used by an SSS for indicating block information of a MIB sent in a first time period;
- FIG12 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG13 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG14 is an example of a network device periodically sending a synchronization signal, MIB, and SIB provided in an embodiment of the present application;
- FIG15 is an example of a network device sending SIB in blocks provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG16 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 17A is an example of the number and/or interval of frequencies used by an SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application for indicating T1: T2: T3;
- FIG. 17B is another example of the number and/or interval of frequencies used by SSS to indicate T1: T2: T3 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
- FIG18 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG19 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 1900 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG20 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication device 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication device 210 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but may optionally include steps or units that are not listed, or may optionally include other steps or units that are inherent to the process, method, product, or device.
- a corresponds to B means that there is a corresponding relationship between A and B, and B can be determined according to A.
- determining (or generating) B according to (or based on) A does not mean that B is determined (or generated) only according to (or based on) A, and B can also be determined (or generated) according to (or based on) A and/or other information.
- information C is used to determine information D, including information D being determined based only on information C, and information D being determined based on information C and other information.
- information C is used to determine information D, and it can also be indirectly determined, for example, information D is determined based on information E, and information E is determined based on information C.
- the base station periodically sends PSS and SSS: In order to enable the terminal device to complete the cell search, that is, to achieve time and frequency synchronization between the terminal device and the cell, the base station periodically sends synchronization signals.
- PSS repeats with a period of 5ms is sent in subframe #0, and is a ZC (Zadoff-Chu) sequence with a strong correlation, so it can be directly detected and received, and the cell ID in the cell group can be obtained based on this, and the 5ms time slot boundary can be determined. At the same time, the length of the cyclic prefix can be known by checking this signal. Since PSS is repeated for 5ms, the terminal device cannot obtain frame synchronization at this step. After completing the 5ms time slot synchronization, the terminal device searches for SSS forward based on PSS. SSS consists of two end random sequences, and the mapping of the front and back half frames is just opposite.
- the 10ms boundary can be determined, achieving the purpose of frame synchronization. Since the SSS signal carries the cell group ID, it can be combined with the PSS to obtain the physical layer ID (CELL ID), so that the structural information of the downlink reference signal can be further obtained.
- the SSS signal carries the cell group ID, it can be combined with the PSS to obtain the physical layer ID (CELL ID), so that the structural information of the downlink reference signal can be further obtained.
- Reading system broadcast In order to access the cell normally, the terminal device needs to continue to read the system information of the cell after achieving time and frequency synchronization with the cell.
- System information is continuously and repeatedly broadcast by network equipment (such as base stations), so that no matter when the terminal device is turned on, it can obtain system information in a timely manner.
- LTE system information is divided into two categories: MIB messages and multiple SIBs messages.
- the network device will first send the MIB message, and then send a series of SIB messages. MIB messages are transmitted in the physical broadcast channel (PBCH). SIB messages are transmitted in the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH).
- PBCH physical broadcast channel
- SIB messages are transmitted in the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH).
- the MIB message carries the most basic information, which involves the decoding of PDSCH.
- the terminal device can only use it after decoding the MIB. Use the parameters in the MIB to continue decoding the data in the PDSCH (including decoding the SIB information).
- SIB For the terminal device to complete the cell search, it is not enough to just receive PBCH, because PBCH only carries very limited system information. More and more detailed system information is carried by SIB. Therefore, it is necessary to receive SIB afterwards, that is, the terminal device receives the broadcast control channel (BCCH) information carried on PDSCH.
- BCCH broadcast control channel
- Passive IoT Passive internet of things: Passive IoT is a cellular IoT communication technology that supports battery-free terminals. It is aimed at the next-level IoT market, which is more sensitive to terminal cost and power consumption than narrowband IoT (NB-IoT). The terminal power consumption of Passive IoT needs to reach 1uW to 100uW.
- NB-IoT narrowband IoT
- Passive tags do not generate carrier signals themselves. They transmit data uplink by reflecting and modulating external carriers. The power of the reflected signal depends on the power of the downlink received signal (which can be as low as -30dBm), and the reflected signal is not amplified. The power consumption of passive tags is usually about 1uW.
- Semi-passive tags also do not generate carrier signals themselves. They transmit data uplink by reflecting and modulating external carriers. However, the reflected signal is power amplified (for example, the amplification gain is 10dB to 15dB). The power of the reflected signal depends on the downlink received signal power (which can be as low as -50dBm) and the power amplification gain. The power consumption of passive tags is usually about 100uW.
- passive tags are mainly suitable for short-distance communication, such as the dense deployment scenario with a head-end spacing of 20 to 30 meters between indoor small stations; the communication distance of semi-passive tags can usually reach 100 to 200 meters under the non-line-of-sight (NLOS) channel, and is suitable for medium and short-distance communication, such as indoor small stations and outdoor (campus) pole stations with a spacing of 200 to 300 meters.
- NLOS non-line-of-sight
- the baseband processing complexity they can withstand is extremely low, and the cache space is particularly limited, so it is impossible to adopt methods similar to NB-IoT that combine multi-cycle signals to improve detection performance. Therefore, the synchronization signal of the passive IoT communication system must meet the requirements of a single detection, that is, to achieve a high missed detection rate and false alarm rate.
- the baseband computing power of passive IoT terminals is poor, and the capabilities required for signal detection and synchronization such as sampling rate and correlation length are greatly limited, so the performance is relatively different from NB-IoT.
- the PSS/SSS duration of the passive IoT communication system is expected to be significantly increased compared to the synchronization signal duration in systems such as NB-IoT.
- the length of the MIB signal may also be significantly increased compared to NB-IoT, resulting in fewer resources remaining for data transmission in each synchronization cycle. Therefore, it may be necessary to consider sending the MIB in a more sparse manner to reduce overall overhead and improve air interface resource utilization. Therefore, it is necessary to study technical solutions for periodically sending MIB and SIB for passive IoT communication systems.
- the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to other communication systems involving network devices (such as base stations) that periodically send synchronization signals and system messages.
- network devices such as base stations
- the above-mentioned communication system applicable to the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is only an example, and the communication system applicable to the technical solution provided in the present application is not limited to this. It is uniformly described here and will not be repeated below.
- a first device in a communication system may send a signal to a second device or receive a signal from a third device.
- the signal may include information, signaling, or data, etc.
- the device may also be replaced by an entity, a network entity, a communication device, a communication module, a node, a communication node, etc., and the network element is used as an example for description in the present disclosure.
- the first device may be a network device or a terminal device
- the second device may be a network device or a terminal device
- the third device may be a network device or a terminal device.
- the communication system may include at least one terminal device and at least one network device.
- FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system that can be applied in an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication system includes a network device 110, a terminal device 120, and a terminal device 130.
- the communication system that can be applied in an embodiment of the present application includes one or more terminal devices, with terminal devices 120 and terminal devices 130 being examples of terminal devices in the communication system.
- FIG1 is only a schematic diagram, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of network devices and terminal devices included in the communication system.
- Terminal devices 120 and terminal devices 130 can access network device 110 and communicate with network device 110.
- the communication system shown in FIG1 is an example of a passive IoT communication system, and terminal devices 120 and terminal devices 130 are passive tags, semi-passive tags, or active tags.
- the terminal device may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
- UE user equipment
- the terminal device can be a device that provides voice/data, for example, a handheld device with wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc.
- some examples of terminals are: mobile phones, tablet computers, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (AR) devices, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart Wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminal devices in future evolved public land mobile networks (PLMN), etc., the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
- MID mobile internet devices
- VR virtual reality
- AR augmented
- the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
- Wearable devices may also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are a general term for wearable devices that are intelligently designed and developed using wearable technology for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
- a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also powerful functions achieved through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
- wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, and fully or partially independent of smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as devices that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various types of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
- the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the terminal device or used in combination with the terminal device.
- the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
- only the device for realizing the function of the terminal device is used as an example for explanation, and the scheme of the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
- the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may also be referred to as an access network device or a wireless access network device, such as a base station.
- the network device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a radio access network (RAN) node (or device) that connects a terminal device to a wireless network.
- RAN radio access network
- the base station may broadly cover the following various names, or be replaced with the following names, such as: RAN node, NodeB, evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, eNB), next generation NodeB (next generation NodeB, gNB), relay station, access point, transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), master station, auxiliary station, multi-standard wireless (motor slide retainer, MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (access point, AP), transmission node, transceiver node, baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU), active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), radio frequency Head (remote radio head, RRH), central unit (central unit, CU), distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), radio unit (radio unit, RU), positioning node, etc.
- RAN node NodeB
- evolved NodeB
- the base station can be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node or the like, or a combination thereof.
- the base station can also refer to a communication module, a modem or a chip used to be set in the aforementioned device or apparatus.
- the base station can also be a mobile switching center and a device that performs the base station function in D2D, V2X, and M2M communications, a network side device in a 6G network, and a device that performs the base station function in future communication systems.
- the base station can support networks with the same or different access technologies.
- the RAN node can also be a server, a wearable device, a vehicle or an on-board device, etc.
- the access network device in the vehicle to everything (V2X) technology can be a road side unit (RSU).
- the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network equipment.
- Base stations can be fixed or mobile.
- a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move based on the location of the mobile base station.
- a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a device that communicates with another base station.
- the network device mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a device including a CU, or a DU, or a device including a CU and a DU, or a device including a control plane CU node (central unit control plane (central unit-control plane, CU-CP)) and a user plane CU node (central unit user plane (central unit-user plane, CU-UP)) and a DU node.
- the network device may include a gNB-CU-CP, a gNB-CU-UP, and a gNB-DU.
- the RAN node can be a CU, DU, CU-CP, CU-UP, or RU.
- the CU and DU can be set separately, or can also be included in the same network element, such as a BBU.
- the RU can be included in a radio frequency device or a radio frequency unit, such as an RRU, AAU, or RRH.
- the device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device; or it may be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, a hardware circuit, a software module, or a hardware circuit plus a software module.
- the device may be installed in the network device or used in combination with the network device.
- only the device for realizing the function of the network device is a network device as an example for explanation, and the scheme of the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
- the network architecture described in the embodiment of the present application is to more clearly illustrate the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- a person of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to similar technical problems.
- the length (duration) of the synchronization signal is usually different.
- the length (duration) of the synchronization signal sent by the base station is different for different coverage levels. For example, in a far coverage scenario, a single signaling may reach the order of 100ms. At this time, the fixed period of the synchronization signal will affect the transmission efficiency. Therefore, the base station supports different periods of synchronization signals to improve system flexibility.
- the length (duration) of the MIB is also variable, rather than fixed. That is to say, the length of the synchronization signal periodically sent by the base station and/or the length of the MIB are variable.
- the main principle of some of the embodiments provided in this application is to adjust the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB based on the length of the synchronization signal periodically sent by the base station and the length of the MIB, so as to improve resource utilization.
- the main principle of another part of the embodiments provided in this application is to adjust the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB based on the length of the MIB periodically sent by the base station and the length of the SIB, so as to improve resource utilization.
- Figure 2 is an interactive flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, the method includes:
- the network device generates a synchronization signal and a MIB.
- the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB.
- the terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period.
- the first time period and the second time period are different time periods.
- the start time of the second time period is after the end time of the first time period.
- the start time of the second time period is the end time of the first time period.
- Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the period of the synchronization signal in time period #1 is T and the period of the MIB is T, that is, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is 1;
- the period of the synchronization signal in time period #2 is T, and the period of the MIB is 2T, that is, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is 1:2;
- the period of the synchronization signal in time period #3 is T, and the period of the MIB is 3T, that is, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is 1:3.
- the network device shown in FIG3 periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB in time period #1, which is an example of the network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB in the first time period.
- the network device shown in FIG3 periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB in time period #2, which is an example of the network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB in the second time period.
- the network device shown in FIG3 periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB in time period #2, which is an example of the network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB in the first time period.
- the network device shown in FIG3 periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB in time period #3, which is an example of the network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB in the second time period.
- a synchronization signal and MIB in time period #3, which is an example of the network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB in the second time period.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is associated with the duration of a synchronization signal and a duration of a MIB in the first time period; the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the second time period to the period of the MIB is associated with the duration of a synchronization signal and a duration of a MIB in the second time period.
- the duration of a synchronization signal is the duration of the PSS and SSS included in the synchronization signal, that is, the length of PSS+SSS.
- the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), and the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the synchronization signal is (k+1), k is an integer greater than or equal to 0; the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the second time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than h and less than or equal to (h+1), and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the second time period to the period of the MIB is (h+1), h is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- the first time period and the second time period are only two examples.
- the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal in any time period is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the time period is (k+1).
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is associated with the duration of a synchronization signal and the duration of a MIB in the first time period; a method for determining the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is provided.
- the network device determines the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period based on the duration of a synchronization signal and the duration of a MIB in the first time period; the network device determines the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period based on the duration of a synchronization signal and the duration of the MIB in the second time period.
- the network device before executing step 202, performs the following operations: obtaining the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal in the first time period; when the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal in the first time period is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), determining that the ratio of the period of periodically sending the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is (k+1); obtaining the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal in the second time period; when the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal in the second time period is greater than h and less than or equal to (h+1), determining that the ratio of the period of periodically sending the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period is (h+1).
- the ratio of the duration of the synchronization signal to be sent to the duration of the synchronization signal of the MIB is determined.
- Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of another network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the MIB length i.e., the length of the MIB
- PSS+SSS length i.e., the length of the PSS+SSS
- the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal is equal to 1
- the MIB length is 1 to 2 times the length of the PSS+SSS (i.e., the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1)
- k is 1, i.e., the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is (k+1), i.e., 2;
- the implementation method provided in this application for the network device to determine the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is only an example.
- the network device can also determine the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB through other implementation methods, and this application is not limited to this.
- the terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
- the way in which the terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB may be the same as the existing way of parsing the synchronization signal and MIB, which will not be described in detail here.
- the terminal device after parsing the received synchronization signal and MIB, the terminal device further parses the received SIB to access the cell.
- the terminal device determines the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB by blind detection.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, rather than fixed.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, which is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is adjusted according to actual needs, which can improve resource utilization, that is, reduce the waste of air interface resources.
- FIG5 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the method flow in FIG5 is a possible implementation of the method described in FIG2. As shown in FIG5, the method includes:
- the network device generates a synchronization signal and a MIB.
- Step 501 may refer to step 201 .
- the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB within a first time period.
- the terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device in the first time period.
- Step 502 may refer to step 202.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is a first ratio, for example, the first ratio is 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 2:3, etc.
- the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), and the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the synchronization signal is (k+1).
- the terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
- Step 503 may refer to step 203 .
- the network device learns that the duration of the synchronization signal to be sent and/or the duration of the MIB signal to be sent in the second time period has changed.
- the network device will adjust the duration of the synchronization signal and/or the duration of the MIB signal to be sent due to some reasons, such as the network device adjusting its coverage level.
- the present application does not limit the conditions for triggering the network device to adjust the duration of the synchronization signal to be sent and/or the duration of the MIB signal, and the manner in which the network device learns that the duration of the synchronization signal to be sent and/or the duration of the MIB signal has changed.
- the network device periodically sends the synchronization signal and the MIB in the second time period based on the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the second time period to the duration of the synchronization signal.
- the terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device in the second time period.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period is a second ratio, and the second ratio is different from the above-mentioned first ratio.
- the first ratio is 1:1, and the second ratio is 1:2.
- the first ratio is 1:1, and the second ratio is 1:3.
- the first ratio is 1:3, and the second ratio is 2:3.
- the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the second time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than h and less than or equal to (h+1), and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the above-mentioned second time period to the period of the MIB is (h+1), and h is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- An example of step 404 is: when the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the second time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than h and less than or equal to (h+1), the synchronization signal and MIB are periodically sent in the second time period, and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the second time period to the period of the MIB is (h+1).
- Steps 503 and 504 may indicate that when the duration of the synchronization signal to be sent by the network device and/or the duration of the MIB signal changes, the network device may adjust the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB based on the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the second time period to the duration of the synchronization signal, so as to improve resource utilization or improve the access efficiency of the terminal device.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is determined based on the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB can be reasonably determined to improve resource utilization.
- FIG6 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the method flow in FIG6 is a possible implementation of the method described in FIG2. As shown in FIG6, the method includes:
- the network device sends control information.
- the terminal device receives control information.
- the control information is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB in the first time period; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the above-mentioned first synchronization signal, and the above-mentioned first synchronization signal is the synchronization signal with the shortest interval with the above-mentioned control information in the above-mentioned first time period.
- the first MIB is the MIB with the shortest interval with the first synchronization signal among all MIBs after the first synchronization signal.
- control information is used to indicate that the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB is 0, that is, it is used to indicate that there is no interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB; or, the control information is used to indicate that the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB is 1; or, the control information is used to indicate that the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB is 2.
- k can represent the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB.
- the network device generates a synchronization signal and a MIB.
- Step 603 may refer to step 201 .
- the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB within a first time period.
- the terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
- Step 605 may refer to step 203 .
- control information is used to indicate period ratio information
- the terminal device can obtain the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB based on the control information.
- Figure 6 introduces a method for a terminal device to learn the ratio of the period of a synchronization signal to the period of a MIB based on control information sent by a network device.
- the following describes a method for a terminal device to learn the ratio of the period of a synchronization signal to the period of a MIB based on a received synchronization signal in conjunction with Figures 7A, 7B, 7C, 8A, 8B, and 8C.
- the first synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate any of the following: a ratio of a period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to a period of the MIB; a period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and a period of the MIB; an interval between the first synchronization signal and a first MIB after the first synchronization signal, a period of the first MIB after the first synchronization signal and The time interval of the first synchronization signal is the shortest.
- the first synchronization signal is any synchronization signal within the first time period.
- the terminal device obtains the period ratio information based on the first synchronization information.
- the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the period ratio information; no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the possible implementation of the period ratio information as follows: the first synchronization signal includes SSS, and the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the above-mentioned first time period; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB in the above-mentioned first time period; the interval between the above-mentioned first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the above-mentioned first synchronization signal.
- the period of the synchronization signal is represented by T1
- the period of the MIB is represented by T2
- the period of the SIB is represented by T3.
- T1/T2 represents the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB.
- T2/T3 represents the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB.
- T1/T2/T3 represents the period of the synchronization signal: the period of the MIB: the period of the SIB.
- the terminal device can obtain the period ratio information based on the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS included in the first synchronization signal.
- the number and/or interval of the frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal.
- the terminal device can obtain the period ratio information based on the number and/or interval of the frequency points used by the SSS.
- FIG7A is an example of the number and interval of the frequency points used by the SSS provided in the embodiment of the present application to indicate the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB.
- T1 is indicated by the value K1
- T2 is indicated by the value K2
- the k1 configuration set is ⁇ 1.2.3 ⁇
- k1 is any one of 1, 2, 3
- the k2 configuration set is ⁇ 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9. ⁇ , that is, k2 is any one of 1 to 9
- FIG7B is another example of the number and interval of frequencies used by the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application to indicate the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB.
- FIG7C is an example of the number and interval of frequencies used by the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application to indicate the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB.
- FIG. 7A, FIG. 7B, and FIG. 7C are only partial examples of the number and/or interval of the frequency points used by the SSS for indicating the period ratio information, rather than all examples.
- the number and/or interval of the frequency points used by the SSS for indicating the period ratio information does not need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the duration or time gap in the time domain of the above-mentioned SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the above-mentioned first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB in the above-mentioned first time period; the interval between the above-mentioned first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the above-mentioned first synchronization signal.
- the terminal device can obtain the period ratio information based on the duration or time gap in the time domain of the SSS.
- the duration of the time domain of the SSS refers to the duration of the SSS.
- the time gap in the time domain of an SSS refers to the duration of the SSS being vacant in the time domain.
- FIG8A is an example of the duration of the time domain of SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application being used to indicate the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB.
- the duration of the time domain of SSS is 0.5 ms, which is used to indicate that T1 is T and T2 is T; the duration of the time domain of SSS is 1 ms, which is used to indicate that T1 is T and T2 is 2T; the duration of the time domain of SSS is 2 ms, which is used to indicate that T1 is T and T2 is 3T.
- FIG8B is an example of the time gaps in the time domain of SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application being used to indicate the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB.
- the time gaps in the time domain of SSS indicate T1 and T2
- the absence of time gaps in the time domain of SSS indicates that there is a MIB behind the current synchronization signal (i.e., there is an adjacent MIB)
- the presence of time gaps in the time domain of SSS e.g., a time gap of 2 OFDM symbols in length indicates that there is no adjacent MIB behind the current synchronization signal.
- FIG8B shows examples where T1 is T and T2 is T, an example where T1 is T and T2 is 2T, and an example where T1 is T and T2 is 3T.
- FIG8C is an example where the time gaps in the time domain of SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application are used to indicate the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB.
- the time gaps in the time domain of SSS indicate T1:T2, and there is no gap in the time domain of SSS (i.e., the time gap is 0 OFDM symbols), indicating that T1:T2 is 1:1, the time domain gap of SSS is 2 OFDM symbols (i.e., the time gap is 2 OFDM symbols), indicating that T1:T2 is 1:2, and the time domain gap of SSS is 4 OFDM symbols (i.e., the time gap is 4 OFDM symbols), indicating that T1:T2 is 1:3.
- the duration or time gap in the time domain of SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio. value information, which can save signaling overhead.
- FIG9 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the method flow in FIG9 is a possible implementation of the method described in FIG2. As shown in FIG9, the method includes:
- the network device generates a synchronization signal and MIB.
- Step 901 may refer to step 201 .
- the network device When a signal to be sent meets a first condition, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB, wherein the MIB periodically sent by the network device in a first time period includes a plurality of sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks.
- the terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device within the first time period.
- the first condition may include: the period of the synchronization signal to be sent by the network device is less than the first threshold, or the duration of the MIB to be sent by the network device is greater than the second threshold, or the ratio of the period of the MIB to be sent by the network device to the period of the synchronization signal is greater than the third threshold.
- the above-mentioned first threshold is less than or equal to 5ms.
- the first threshold is 5ms, 4.5ms, 4ms, etc.
- the above-mentioned second threshold is greater than or equal to 320ms.
- the second threshold is 320ms, 380ms, 400ms, etc.
- the third threshold is greater than or equal to 6.
- the third threshold is 8, 9, 10, etc.
- the first threshold, the second threshold, and the third threshold can be set according to actual needs, and this application is not limited.
- An example of step 902 is: the network device periodically sends the synchronization signal and MIB when the period of the synchronization signal to be sent is less than the first threshold.
- Another example of step 902 is: the network device periodically sends the synchronization signal and MIB when the duration of the MIB to be sent is greater than the second threshold.
- step 902 is: when the ratio of the period of the MIB to be sent to the period of the synchronization signal is greater than the third threshold, the network device periodically sends the synchronization signal and the MIB. Before sending the synchronization signal and the MIB, the network device can first determine (or determine) whether the signal to be sent meets the first condition; if so, execute step 902; if not, execute step 904.
- the time domain resources occupied by the synchronization signal (for example, 2ms) are shorter than the period of the synchronization signal, and the length of the MIB allowed to be inserted in the middle is limited.
- the duration of the MIB to be sent by the network device is greater than the second threshold, the duration of the MIB itself may be relatively long, so sending it in blocks can avoid the terminal device from waiting for the MIB signal for a long time, which can improve the access efficiency of the terminal device.
- the ratio of the period of the MIB to be sent by the network device to the period of the synchronization signal is greater than the third threshold, the frequency of the MIB appearing is too low. Sending the MIB in blocks can improve the transmission efficiency, so that the terminal device does not need to wait for a long time to receive the MIB.
- the sending time of the above-mentioned multiple sub-MIBs is different. At least two of the multiple sub-MIBs are different.
- the terminal device can merge the multiple sub-MIBs received in the first time period to obtain a MIB.
- the start time of the first time period can be a moment after the signal to be sent by the network device meets the first condition.
- the end time of the start time of the first time period can be a moment after the signal to be sent by the network device does not meet the first condition.
- Figure 10 provides an example of a network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and a MIB in the first time period in an embodiment of the present application.
- the MIB periodically sent by the network device in the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks, namely MIB (B1), MIB (B2), and MIB (B3), and the period of the MIB is the interval between the start times of the two sub-MIBs, namely 20ms.
- the terminal device merges MIB (B1), MIB (B2), and MIB (B3) to obtain the first MIB.
- At least two of the above-mentioned multiple sub-MIBs use different scrambling codes, or at least two of the above-mentioned multiple sub-MIBs (which can be called MIB blocks) use different scrambling codes for CRC.
- the network device can scramble the CRC with a partial system frame number (SFN) of the physical broadcast channel (PBCH) where the sub-MIB is located or the sequence within the transmission time interval (TTI).
- SFN system frame number
- PBCH physical broadcast channel
- TTI transmission time interval
- the network device sends the scrambling code seed through scheduling information.
- the benefit of scrambling the sub-MIB is to reduce interference with neighboring cells, and only terminal devices in the cell can descramble the information received in the cell according to the cell-specific scrambling code sequence formed by the identity (ID) of the cell.
- different MIB blocks use different scrambling codes, and the scrambling code initialization seed can be the entire cell ID or part of the cell ID.
- different blocks of the MIB i.e., sub-MIBs
- only the current MIB block can descramble the received MIB block according to the dedicated scrambling code sequence formed by the scrambling code of the current block, which can prevent the terminal device from incorrectly judging the order of the current block in the original MIB.
- the terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
- Step 903 may refer to step 203 .
- the network device When the signal to be sent does not meet the first condition, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB, wherein the MIB periodically sent by the network device in the second time period is the same MIB.
- the terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device in the second time period.
- Step 904 can be replaced by: the network device periodically sends the synchronization signal and MIB when the signal to be sent does not meet the first condition, wherein the MIB periodically sent by the network device in the second time period is an independent (or complete) MIB, rather than a sub-MB obtained by dividing a MIB into blocks.
- the terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
- Step 905 may refer to step 203 .
- the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB when the signal to be sent meets a first condition, wherein the MIB periodically sent by the network device within a first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks; resource utilization or efficiency of transmitting the MIB can be improved.
- Step 902 indicates that, when the signal to be sent meets the first condition, the MIB periodically sent by the network device can be sent in blocks, and the number of blocks of a MIB and the length of each block (i.e., sub-MIB) can be fixed or not.
- the terminal device can determine the block information of the MIB through the control information sent by the network device or the period T1 of the detection synchronization signal, and perform decoding.
- the following describes a method for dividing a MIB into multiple sub-MIBs and a method for a terminal device to obtain information about the MIB blocks.
- the durations of the above-mentioned multiple sub-MIBs are equal, and the durations of the above-mentioned multiple sub-MIBs are obtained based on the period of the synchronization signal in the above-mentioned first time period and the duration of a synchronization signal in the above-mentioned first time period.
- the network device can block a MIB into multiple sub-MIBs of equal duration.
- the durations of at least two of the multiple sub-MIBs are different, and the duration of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs.
- the network device may block a MIB into multiple sub-MIBs with different durations, and the duration of the sub-MIB is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs.
- the terminal device may determine the order of each sub-MIB based on the duration of each sub-MIB.
- the network device and the terminal device may agree on the duration of the first sub-MIB, the duration of the second sub-MIB, ..., the duration of the last sub-MIB obtained by a MIB block, so that the terminal device determines the order of each sub-MIB based on the duration of each sub-MIB.
- the length relationship of multiple sub-MIBs obtained by a MIB block may satisfy the order from small to large from front to back, or from large to small.
- the benefit of this is that the length of the received sub-MIB can be used to identify which block the current block is; the specific size value can be 1:2:3:4:..., or other values related to the length of the sub-MIB and the symbol length.
- the lengths of the four sub-MIBs obtained from the MIB block are 1:2:4:8 from front to back.
- the duration of a sub-MIB in multiple sub-MIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs; signaling overhead can be saved.
- the multiple sub-MIBs include s sub-MIBs of the first length and s sub-MIBs of the second length, where s is an integer greater than 1.
- the network device divides the first MIB into t sub-MIBs, where the t sub-MIBs include s sub-MIBs of the first length and s sub-MIBs of the second length, where t is an integer greater than 3, and s is an integer greater than 1.
- the second synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the second synchronization signal is any synchronization signal in the first time period.
- the terminal device can obtain the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period based on the second synchronization signal.
- the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period may include: the duration of the sub-MIB sent in the first time period and the number of sub-MIBs.
- the implementation method in which the second synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period may be: the second synchronization signal includes SSS, and the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; signaling overhead can be saved.
- the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period may be any of the following: the first MIB block is f sub-MIBs of equal length; the first MIB block is f sub-MIBs of different lengths; the first MIB block is t sub-MIBs, the t sub-MIBs include s sub-MIBs of the first length and s sub-MIBs of the second length, f is an integer greater than 1, t is an integer greater than 3, and s is an integer greater than 1.
- each synchronization signal has a MIB block
- MIB is divided into four blocks from small to large, where the length of the first block can be the same as the length of PSS or PSS+SSS, and the length of the last block does not exceed T1-PSS-SSS, that is, the difference between T and the duration of a synchronization signal
- SSS uses three frequency points with an interval of 10k and 20k, it means: MIB blocks are two large and two small (half of the number of blocks are large and half are small), a total of four sub-MIBs, where the length of the small block can be equal to the length of PSS or PSS+SSS, and the length of the large block is equal to T1-PSS-SSS.
- Figure 11 provides an example of the number of frequency points and/or intervals used by SSS in an embodiment of the present application to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the original period ratio that is, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the unblocked MIB
- MIB is divided into four blocks from small to large, where the length of the first block can be the same as the length of PSS or PSS+SSS, and the length of the last block does not exceed T1-PSS-SSS, that is, the difference between T and the duration of a synchronization signal.
- SSS uses three frequency points with an interval of 10k and 20k, it means that MIB is divided into four sub-MIBs, two large and two small (half of the number of blocks are large and half are small), where the length of the small block can be equal to the length of PSS or PSS+SSS, and the length of the large block is equal to T1-PSS-SSS.
- the second synchronization signal is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
- the method flow in FIG9 further includes: the network device sends first block information, and the first block information is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period; based on the first block information, the terminal device can obtain the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
- the first block information is carried in a scheduling information or control information.
- the terminal device can obtain the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period based on the first block information.
- FIG12 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the method flow in FIG12 is a possible implementation of the method described in FIG2. As shown in FIG12, the method includes:
- the network device generates a synchronization signal and a MIB.
- Step 1201 may refer to step 201 .
- the network device When a signal to be sent meets a first condition, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB, wherein a duration of symbols in the MIB periodically and repeatedly sent by the network device within a first time period is a first duration.
- the terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device.
- the first condition can refer to the description of the first condition in the method flow of FIG9 , which will not be repeated here.
- the terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
- Step 1203 may refer to step 203 .
- the network device When the signal to be sent does not meet the first condition, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB, wherein the duration of the symbols in the MIB periodically and repeatedly sent by the network device within the first time period is a second duration.
- the first duration is shorter than the second duration, and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is less than the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period.
- the method flow of FIG12 is not sent in blocks, but is sent repeatedly. Specifically, the duration of each symbol in a single MIB is reduced, and the number of repetitions of the MIB is increased, thereby reducing the time that the terminal device waits to receive the MIB and improving the access efficiency of the terminal device.
- the terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
- Step 1205 may refer to step 203 .
- the method flow of Figure 12 and the method flow of Figure 9 can be two independent processes, or they can be combined.
- An example of combining the method flow of Figure 12 with the method flow of Figure 9 is: when the first condition is met, determine whether the MIB meets the condition for block transmission; if the condition for block transmission is met, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB, wherein the MIB periodically sent by the network device in the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by blocking the first MIB; if the condition for block transmission is not met, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB, wherein the duration of the symbols in the MIB periodically repeatedly sent by the network device in the first time period is the first duration.
- the condition for block transmission is: the number of blocks is less than T2:T1, and the block length is less than T1-synchronization signal length.
- the network device when the signal to be sent meets the first condition, increases the number of repetitions of the MIB, thereby reducing the time the terminal device waits to receive the MIB and improving the access efficiency of the terminal device.
- the above embodiment describes that the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal sent by the network device to the period of the MIB is variable.
- the following describes an embodiment in which the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal sent by the network device to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB are both variable.
- FIG13 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG13 , the method includes:
- a network device periodically sends a synchronization signal, MIB, and SIB.
- the terminal device receives the periodically sent synchronization signal, MIB and SIB.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period, and/or the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the second time period.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB are both variable.
- Figure 14 is an example of a network device periodically sending a synchronization signal, MIB and SIB provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- T1:T2:T3 in the first time period is 1:1:1
- T1:T2:T3 in the first time period is 1:1:2.
- the MIB periodically sent by the network device in the first time period includes the MIB obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks.
- the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB, wherein the MIB periodically sent by the network device in the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks, and the relevant description can be referred to in FIG. 9 .
- the SIB periodically sent by the network device in the first time period includes multiple sub-SIBs obtained by dividing the second SIB into blocks.
- the second SIB is any SIB in the first time period.
- the period of the SIB can be the interval (or offset) between the starting positions of the two sub-SIBs.
- the network device sends the SIB in blocks when the signal to be sent meets the second condition.
- the second condition can be any of the following: (T1-the duration of a synchronization signal) is less than the duration of a SIB, that is, the difference between T1 and the duration of a synchronization signal is less than the duration of a SIB to be sent; (T1-the duration of a synchronization signal-the duration of a MIB) is less than the duration of a SIB; the duration of a SIB to be sent is greater than the fourth case threshold, and an example of the fourth threshold may be 640ms.
- the network device may also send the SIB in blocks when the signal to be sent meets other conditions, which is not limited in this application. In this implementation, the resource utilization or the efficiency of transmitting the SIB can be improved by sending the SIB in blocks.
- the network device When the network device sends the SIB in blocks, the sent sub-SIBs meet any one of the following criteria 1, 2, or 3.
- Criterion 1 The duration of the sub-SIB is less than (T1-the duration of the synchronization signal), and the number of blocks (i.e., the number of sub-SIBs) is equal to the number of synchronization signals without MIBs.
- SIB blocks i.e., sub-SIBs, can only be sent after synchronization signals without MIBs.
- Criterion 2 The duration of each sub-SIB is less than (T1-the length of the synchronization signal-the length of the MIB), and the duration of each sub-SIB is greater than the duration of the synchronization signal.
- the SIB block can be sent after each synchronization signal.
- Criterion 3 The duration of each sub-SIB is less than (T1-the length of the synchronization signal-the length of the MIB), and the duration of each sub-SIB is less than the duration of the synchronization signal, and the duration of each sub-SIB is greater than the duration of the PSS signal.
- SIB blocks can choose to add SIB blocks only after MIB or add SIB blocks after each synchronization signal.
- FIG15 is an example of a network device sending SIB in blocks provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG15 shows an example in which a sub-SIB sent by a network device satisfies criteria 1, 2, and 3.
- a first duration of a symbol in the MIB that is periodically repeatedly sent by the network device in a first time period is shorter than a second duration of a symbol in the MIB that is periodically repeatedly sent by the network device in a second time period.
- the first duration of a symbol in the MIB that is periodically repeatedly sent by the network device in the first time period is shorter than a second duration of a symbol in the MIB that is periodically repeatedly sent by the network device in the second time period, and reference may be made to the relevant description in FIG. 9 .
- the third duration of the symbol in the SIB that the network device periodically repeatedly sends in the first time period is shorter than the fourth duration of the symbol in the SIB that the network device periodically repeatedly sends in the second time period.
- the third duration of the symbol in the SIB that the network device periodically repeatedly sends in the first time period is shorter than the fourth duration of the symbol in the SIB that the network device periodically repeatedly sends in the second time period.
- the SIB that the network device periodically repeatedly sends in the first time period satisfies any one of the above-mentioned criteria 1, criteria 2, or criteria 3. That is, the way in which the network device repeatedly sends the SIB may be similar to the way in which the SIB is sent in blocks.
- the terminal device parses the received synchronization signal, MIB and SIB.
- the terminal device determines the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB, and the period of the SIB by blind detection.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB and/or the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB is variable.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB and/or the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB is variable, compared with the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB, which are both fixed; it is possible to improve resource utilization.
- FIG16 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the method flow in FIG16 is a possible implementation of the method described in FIG13. As shown in FIG16, the method includes:
- the network device sends first control information.
- the terminal device receives the first control information.
- the first control information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the above-mentioned first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the above-mentioned first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB in the above-mentioned first time period. 602.
- the terminal device obtains the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period based on the control information.
- the first control information includes T1:T2:T3 or T1, T2, T3.
- the terminal device obtains the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB based on the first control information.
- the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal, MIB, and SIB.
- the terminal device receives the synchronization signal, MIB and SIB sent by the network device.
- the order of step 1602 and step 1603 is not limited. Step 1603 can refer to step 1301.
- the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the first time period is associated with the duration of a MIB and the duration of a SIB in the first time period.
- the ratio of the duration of the SIB to the duration of the MIB in the first time period is greater than q and less than or equal to (q+1)
- the ratio of the period of the SIB to the period of the MIB in the first time period is (q+1)
- q is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
- the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is determined based on the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal in the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period can be reasonably determined to improve resource utilization.
- the terminal device parses the received synchronization signal, MIB and SIB.
- Step 1604 may refer to step 1302 .
- the first control information is used to indicate period ratio information. Based on the control information, the terminal device can obtain the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB.
- Figure 16 introduces a method for a terminal device to learn the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB based on the control information sent by the network device.
- the following introduces a method for a terminal device to learn T1:T2:T3 based on the received synchronization signal in conjunction with Figures 17A and 17B.
- the first synchronization signal in the first time period includes SSS
- the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the SIB; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB, and the period of the SIB in the first time period.
- the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB, and the period of the SIB in the first time period.
- k1 When k1 is 1, it indicates that there is MIB after the current synchronization signal. When k1 is 0, it indicates that there is no MIB after the current synchronization signal.
- k2 indicates whether there is SIB after the current synchronization signal. When k2 is 1, it indicates that there is SIB after the current synchronization signal. When k2 is 1, it indicates that there is SIB after the current synchronization signal.
- FIG. 17A shows an example in which the number of frequency points and/or interval indications used by SSS are T1:T2:T3 is 1:1:2, an example in which T1:T2:T3 is 1:2:3, and an example in which T1:T2:T3 is 1:2:4.
- the MIB after the current synchronization signal may be that the network device sends the MIB after sending the current synchronization signal and before sending the synchronization signal next time.
- the MIB after the current synchronization signal may be that the network device does not send the MIB after sending the current synchronization signal and before sending the synchronization signal next time.
- k1 represents the ratio of T1 to T2, and the value range of k1 is ⁇ 1.5 2 3 ⁇ , k2 represents the ratio of T2 to T3, and the value range of k2 is ⁇ 1 1.5 2 2.5 ⁇
- SSS uses a single frequency point
- Figure 17B is another example of the number and/or interval of frequency points used by SSS to indicate T1:T2:T3 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 17A when S
- 17B shows an example where the number of frequencies and/or intervals used by SSS indicate that T1:T2:T3 is 1:1:2, an example where T1:T2:T3 is 1:2:3, and an example where T1:T2:T3 is 1:2:4.
- the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, thereby saving signaling overhead.
- the above embodiment describes that the ratio between the period of the synchronization signal sent by the network device and the period of the MIB is variable.
- the following describes an embodiment in which the ratio between the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB of the network device is variable.
- FIG18 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG18 , the method includes:
- the network device generates MIB and SIB.
- the network device periodically sends MIB and SIB.
- the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the third time period is different from the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the fourth time period.
- the terminal device receives the MIB and SIB periodically sent by the network device.
- the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period is different from the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the fourth time period.
- the method flow in Figure 18 may also include the following operations: the network device sends second control information, and the second control information is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period, the MIB period and the SIB period in the third time period; the terminal device obtains the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period based on the second control information.
- the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS of a synchronization signal in the third time period is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the third time period; the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB in the third time period.
- the terminal device can obtain the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the third time period, or the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB in the third time period according to the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS of a synchronization signal in the third time period.
- the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
- the SIB periodically sent in the third time period includes multiple sub-SIBs obtained by dividing a SIB into blocks, and the sending time of the multiple sub-SIBs is different.
- a fourth threshold such as 640ms
- the network device sends the SIB in blocks, that is, divides a SIB into multiple sub-SIBs for sending.
- T1-the duration of a synchronization signal is less than the duration of a SIB, the network device sends the SIB in blocks.
- the network device when (T1-the duration of a synchronization signal-the duration of a MIB) is less than the duration of a SIB, the network device sends the SIB in blocks.
- the SIB periodically sent in the third time period includes multiple sub-SIBs obtained by dividing a SIB into blocks; resource utilization can be improved.
- the durations of the multiple sub-SIBs are equal, and the durations of the multiple sub-SIBs are obtained based on the period of the MIB in the third time period and the duration of a MIB in the third time period.
- the durations of the multiple sub-SIBs are obtained based on the period of the MIB in the third time period and the duration of a MIB in the third time period; the duration of the sub-SIB can be reasonably determined.
- the duration of at least two SIBs among the multiple sub-SIBs is different, and the duration of the sub-SIB among the multiple sub-SIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-SIB among the multiple sub-SIBs.
- the duration of the sub-SIB among the multiple sub-SIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-SIB among the multiple sub-SIBs, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the order of the sub-SIB among the multiple sub-SIBs; signaling overhead can be saved.
- the SIB periodically sent by the network device in the third time period includes multiple sub-SIBs obtained by the second SIB block.
- the description of the network device sending the SIB in blocks can be found in step 1301 in Figure 13, which will not be repeated here.
- the network device may send second block information, and the above-mentioned second block information is used to indicate the block information of the SIB sent in the above-mentioned third time period; the terminal device obtains the block information of the SIB sent in the third time period based on the second block information.
- the block information of the SIB may include the number, length, or position of the sub-SIBs obtained by a SIB block.
- the second block information is sent so that the terminal device obtains the block information of the SIB sent in the third time period based on the second block information.
- the terminal device parses the received MIB and SIB.
- the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the fourth time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is variable, rather than fixed.
- the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is variable, compared with the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization.
- the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is adjusted according to actual needs, which can improve resource utilization, that is, reduce the waste of air interface resources.
- FIG19 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 1900 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 1900 may correspond to the functions or steps implemented by the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and may also correspond to the functions or steps implemented by the network device (such as a base station) in the above-mentioned method embodiments.
- the communication device may include a processing module 1910 and a transceiver module 1920.
- a storage unit may also be included, which can be used to store instructions (codes or programs) and/or data.
- the processing module 1910 and the transceiver module 1920 may be coupled to the storage unit.
- the processing module 1910 may read the instructions (codes or programs) and/or data in the storage unit to implement the corresponding method.
- the above-mentioned units may be independently arranged or partially or fully integrated.
- the transceiver module 1920 may include a sending module and a receiving module.
- the sending module may be a transmitter
- the receiving module may be a receiver.
- the entity corresponding to the transceiver module 1920 may be a transceiver or a communication interface.
- the communication device 1900 can implement the behaviors and functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
- the communication device 1900 can be a terminal device, or a component (such as a chip or circuit) used in a terminal device.
- the transceiver module 1920 can be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of Figures 2, 5, 6, 9, 12, 3, 16, and 18.
- the processing module 1910 is used to perform all operations except the transceiver operation performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of Figures 2, 5, 6, 9, 12, 3, 16, and 18.
- the communication device 1900 can implement the behaviors and functions of the network device in the above method embodiments.
- the communication device 1900 can be a network device, or a component (such as a chip or circuit) used in a network device.
- the transceiver module 1920 can be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiments of Figures 2, 5, 6, 9, 12, 13, 16, and 18.
- the processing module 1910 is used to perform all operations except the transceiver operation performed by the network device in the embodiments of Figures 2, 5, 6, 9, 12, 13, 16, and 18.
- FIG20 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication device 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device in FIG20 can be the above-mentioned terminal device or the above-mentioned network device.
- the communication device 200 includes at least one processor 2010 and a transceiver 2020.
- the processor 2010 and the transceiver 2020 may be used to execute functions or operations performed by the terminal device.
- the transceiver 2020 is used, for example, to execute all receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of FIG. 2, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 9, FIG. 12, FIG. 13, FIG. 16, and FIG. 18.
- the processor 2010 is used, for example, to execute all operations except the receiving and sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of FIG. 2, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 9, FIG. 12, FIG. 13, FIG. 16, and FIG. 18.
- the processor 2010 and the transceiver 2020 may be used to execute functions or operations performed by the network device.
- the transceiver 2020 is used, for example, to execute all receiving or sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiments of FIG. 2, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 9, FIG. 12, FIG. 13, FIG. 16, and FIG. 18.
- the processor 2010 is used, for example, to execute all operations except the receiving and sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiments of FIG. 2, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 9, FIG. 12, FIG. 13, FIG. 16, and FIG. 18.
- the transceiver 2020 is used to communicate with other devices/apparatuses via a transmission medium.
- the processor 2010 uses the transceiver 2020 to send and receive data and/or signaling, and is used to implement the method in the above method embodiment.
- the processor 2010 can implement the functions of the processing module 1910, and the transceiver 2020 can implement the functions of the transceiver module 1920.
- the transceiver 2020 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna, and the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals.
- the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
- Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc. are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
- the communication device 200 may further include at least one memory 2030 for storing program instructions and/or data.
- the memory 2030 is coupled to the processor 2010.
- the coupling in the embodiment of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
- the processor 2010 may operate in coordination with the memory 2030.
- the processor 2010 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 2030. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
- the processor 2010 can read the software program in the memory 2030, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
- the processor 2010 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
- the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal outward in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
- the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 2010.
- the processor 2010 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
- the above-mentioned RF circuit and antenna can be arranged independently of the processor performing baseband processing.
- the RF circuit and antenna can be arranged independently of the communication device in a remote manner.
- connection medium between the above-mentioned transceiver 2020, the processor 2010 and the memory 2030 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the memory 2030, the processor 2010 and the transceiver 2020 are connected through the bus 2040 in Figure 20, and the bus is represented by a bold line in Figure 20.
- the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration and is not limited.
- the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc. For ease of representation, only one bold line is used in Figure 20, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
- the processor may be one of the following devices: a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, or any of the foregoing devices.
- the whole or part of the circuits used for processing functions in the embodiment of the present application can realize or execute the methods, steps and logic diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
- the general processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
- the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware processor to be executed, or a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor to be executed.
- FIG21 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication device 210 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device in FIG21 may be the above-mentioned terminal device or a chip for the above-mentioned terminal device, or may be the above-mentioned network device or a chip for the above-mentioned network device.
- the communication device shown in FIG21 includes a logic circuit 2101 and an interface 2102.
- the processing module 1910 in FIG19 may be implemented with a logic circuit 2101
- the transceiver module 1920 in FIG19 may be implemented with an interface 2102.
- the logic circuit 2101 may be a chip, a processing circuit, an integrated circuit or a system on chip (SoC) chip, etc.
- the interface 2102 may be a communication interface, an input-output interface, etc.
- the logic circuit and the interface may also be coupled to each other.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection method of the logic circuit and the interface.
- the logic circuit and interface may be used to execute the functions or operations performed by the above-mentioned terminal device, etc.
- the logic circuit and interface may be used to execute the functions or operations performed by the above-mentioned network device, etc.
- the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which a computer program or instruction is stored.
- a computer program or instruction is stored.
- the computer program or instruction is executed on a computer, the computer executes the method of the above embodiment.
- the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes instructions or a computer program.
- a computer program product which includes instructions or a computer program.
- the present application also provides a communication system, comprising the above-mentioned network device and the above-mentioned terminal device.
- the present application also provides a chip, which includes: a communication interface and a processor; the communication interface is used for sending and receiving signals of the above-mentioned chip; the processor is used for executing computer program instructions so that a communication device including the above-mentioned chip executes the method in the above-mentioned embodiment.
- the above embodiments it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
- software it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
- the above computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions.
- the above computer program or instruction is loaded and executed on a computer, the above process or function of the embodiment of the present application is executed in whole or in part.
- the above computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user device or other programmable device.
- the above computer program or instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
- the above computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media.
- the above available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disc; it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid-state hard disk.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be a volatile or nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请要求在2023年9月05日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202311142206.3的中国专利申请的优先权,发明名称为“通信方法、通信装置、芯片及计算机可读存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on September 5, 2023, with application number 202311142206.3, and the priority of the Chinese patent application with the invention name "Communication method, communication device, chip and computer-readable storage medium", all of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及通信方法、通信装置、芯片及计算机可读存储介质。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a communication method, a communication device, a chip, and a computer-readable storage medium.
在移动通信系统中,终端设备开机后通常需要尽快搜索到一个合适的小区(例如终端设备测得的功率最大的小区)。终端设备与这个小区达到时隙和频率上的同步后,需要继续读取该小区的系统信息,进而登录(或者说接入)到该小区。终端设备在登录到小区后可以使用网络的服务。为了使终端设备能够尽快与这个小区达到时隙和频率上的同步,基站周期性发送同步信号。基站周期性发送的同步信号包括主同步信号(primary synchronization signal,PSS)和辅同步信号(secondary synchronization signal,SSS)。In a mobile communication system, after the terminal device is turned on, it is usually necessary to search for a suitable cell as quickly as possible (for example, the cell with the highest power measured by the terminal device). After the terminal device is synchronized with the cell in terms of time slot and frequency, it needs to continue to read the system information of the cell and then log in (or access) to the cell. After logging in to the cell, the terminal device can use the services of the network. In order to enable the terminal device to synchronize with the cell in terms of time slot and frequency as quickly as possible, the base station periodically sends a synchronization signal. The synchronization signals periodically sent by the base station include the primary synchronization signal (PSS) and the secondary synchronization signal (SSS).
一般来说,系统信息是由网络侧设备(例如基站)不断的重复广播的,这样无论终端设备什么时候开机,都能及时的获取到系统信息。网络侧设备广播的系统信息被分为两大类:主信息块(master information block,MIB)消息和多个系统信息块(system information block,SIB)消息。当网络侧设备开机后,会先发送MIB消息,然后再发送一系列的SIB消息。Generally speaking, system information is repeatedly broadcast by network-side devices (such as base stations) so that the terminal device can obtain system information in a timely manner no matter when it is turned on. The system information broadcast by network-side devices is divided into two categories: master information block (MIB) messages and multiple system information block (SIB) messages. When the network-side device is turned on, it will first send a MIB message and then send a series of SIB messages.
无源物联通信系统指的是一种终端设备不依赖电池供电的通信系统,在该系统中,可能具有三种类型终端设备,且终端设备的功耗受到严格限制,例如其中被动标签类型终端的功耗为100uW。A passive IoT communication system refers to a communication system in which terminal devices do not rely on battery power. In this system, there may be three types of terminal devices, and the power consumption of the terminal devices is strictly limited. For example, the power consumption of a passive tag type terminal is 100uW.
目前,已有的周期性发送同步信号和系统消息的方案在无源物联通信系统中存在资源利用率较低的问题。Currently, the existing solutions for periodically sending synchronization signals and system messages have the problem of low resource utilization in passive IoT communication systems.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例公开了一种通信方法、通信装置、芯片及计算机可读存储介质,能够提高资源利用率。The embodiments of the present application disclose a communication method, a communication device, a chip and a computer-readable storage medium, which can improve resource utilization.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法包括:生成同步信号和主信息块(master information block,MIB);周期性发送同步信号和MIB,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值不同于第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method comprising: generating a synchronization signal and a master information block (MIB); periodically sending the synchronization signal and the MIB, wherein the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in a first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in a second time period.
本申请实施例中,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值不同于第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,表明同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值是可变的,而不是固定不变的。同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值是可变的相比于同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值固定不变;能够提高资源利用率。也就是说,同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值根据实际需求进行调整,可以提高资源利用率,即减少空口资源的浪费。In the embodiment of the present application, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, rather than fixed. The ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, which is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization. In other words, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is adjusted according to actual needs, which can improve resource utilization, that is, reduce the waste of air interface resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:发送控制信息,所述控制信息用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔,所述第一同步信号为所述第一时间段内与所述控制信息间隔时间最短的同步信号。下文中,周期比值信息用来代替如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;所述第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与系统信息块(system information block,SIB)的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: sending control information, the control information being used to indicate any of the following: a ratio of a period of a synchronization signal to a period of a MIB within the first time period; a period of a synchronization signal and a period of a MIB within the first time period; an interval between a first synchronization signal and a first MIB after the first synchronization signal, wherein the first synchronization signal is a synchronization signal with the shortest interval with the control information within the first time period. Hereinafter, the period ratio information is used to replace any of the following: a ratio of a period of a synchronization signal to a period of a MIB within the first time period; a period of a synchronization signal and a period of a MIB within the first time period; an interval between the first synchronization signal and a first MIB after the first synchronization signal; a ratio of a period of a synchronization signal to a period of a MIB within the first time period, and a ratio of a period of a MIB to a period of a system information block (SIB) within the first time period; a period of a synchronization signal, a period of a MIB and a period of a SIB within the first time period.
在该实现方式中,控制信息用于指示周期比值信息,可以使得终端设备获知第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。In this implementation, the control information is used to indicate period ratio information, so that the terminal device can know the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:周期性发送SIB;发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息指示如下至少一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。 In one possible implementation, the method also includes: periodically sending SIB; sending first control information, wherein the first control information indicates at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
在该实现方式中,第一控制信息用于指示周期比值信息,可以使得终端设备获知第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。In this implementation, the first control information is used to indicate period ratio information, so that the terminal device can know the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:发送第一分块信息,所述第一分块信息用于指示所述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending first block information, where the first block information is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
在该实现方式中,发送第一分块信息,以便终端设备基于该第一分块信息获知第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息,从而在接收到多个MIB块之后对其进行合并得到原始MIB信息。In this implementation, the first block information is sent so that the terminal device can obtain the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period based on the first block information, and then merge multiple MIB blocks after receiving them to obtain the original MIB information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:周期性发送SIB;所述第一时间段内的第一同步信号用于指示如下至少一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In one possible implementation, the method also includes: periodically sending SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
在该实现方式中,MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值是可变的,而不是不变的;从而能够适应不同场景,例如MIB长度与SIB长度有显著变化时,能够调整周期从而提高资源利用率。另外,第一同步信号用于指示周期比值信息;不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB is variable, rather than constant; thus, it can adapt to different scenarios, for example, when the length of the MIB and the length of the SIB change significantly, the period can be adjusted to improve resource utilization. In addition, the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the period ratio information; there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述周期性发送同步信号和MIB包括:在待发送的MIB的持续时间大于第二阈值的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和由待发送的MIB分块得到的多个子MIB,所述第二阈值大于等于320ms。In a possible implementation, the periodic sending of the synchronization signal and the MIB includes: when the duration of the MIB to be sent is greater than a second threshold, periodically sending the synchronization signal and a plurality of sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the MIB to be sent, and the second threshold is greater than or equal to 320 ms.
在该实现方式中,在待发送的MIB的持续时间大于第二阈值的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和由待发送的MIB分块得到的多个子MIB;可以减少终端设备等待接收MIB的时间。In this implementation, when the duration of the MIB to be sent is greater than the second threshold, a synchronization signal and multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the MIB to be sent are periodically sent; the time the terminal device waits to receive the MIB can be reduced.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供另一种通信方法,该方法包括:接收周期性发送的同步信号和MIB,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值不同于第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;解析接收到的同步信号和MIB。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides another communication method, which includes: receiving a periodically sent synchronization signal and MIB, wherein the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in a first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in a second time period; and parsing the received synchronization signal and MIB.
本申请实施例中,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值不同于第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,表明同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值是可变的,而不是固定不变的。同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值是可变的相比于同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值固定不变;能够提高资源利用率。也就是说,同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值根据实际需求进行调整,可以提高资源利用率,即减少空口资源的浪费。In the embodiment of the present application, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, rather than fixed. The ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, which is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization. In other words, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is adjusted according to actual needs, which can improve resource utilization, that is, reduce the waste of air interface resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收控制信息,所述控制信息用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔,所述第一同步信号为所述第一时间段内与所述控制信息间隔时间最短的同步信号。In a possible implementation, the method also includes: receiving control information, wherein the control information is used to indicate any one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal, the first synchronization signal being the synchronization signal with the shortest interval with the control information within the first time period.
在该实现方式中,控制信息用于指示周期比值信息,终端设备基于该控制信息可以获知第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。In this implementation, the control information is used to indicate period ratio information, and the terminal device can obtain the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period based on the control information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收周期性发送的SIB;所述第一时间段内的第一同步信号用于指示如下至少一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In one possible implementation, the method also includes: receiving a periodically sent SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
在该实现方式中,第一控制信息用于指示周期比值信息,可以使得终端设备获知第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。In this implementation, the first control information is used to indicate period ratio information, so that the terminal device can know the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收第一分块信息,所述第一分块信息用于指示所述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving first block information, where the first block information is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
在该实现方式中,接收第一分块信息,终端设备基于该第一分块信息,可以获知第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息,从而在接收到多个MIB块之后对其进行合并得到原始MIB信息。In this implementation, the first block information is received, and based on the first block information, the terminal device can obtain the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, so as to merge multiple MIB blocks after receiving them to obtain the original MIB information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收周期性发送的SIB;所述第一时间段内的第一同步信号用于指示如下至少一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In one possible implementation, the method also includes: receiving a periodically sent SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
在该实现方式中,MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值是可变的,而不是不变的;从而能够适应不同场景下MIB长度与SIB长度有显著变化时,能够调整周期从而提高资源利用率。另外,第一同步信号用于指示周期比值信息;不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period is variable, rather than constant; thus, when the MIB length and the SIB length change significantly in different scenarios, the period can be adjusted to improve resource utilization. In addition, the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the period ratio information; no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的第一同步信号用于指示如下任一 项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;所述第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔,所述第一MIB为在所述第一同步信号之后的MIB中与所述第一同步信号的时间间隔最短的MIB。所述第一MIB可以位于所述第一时间段内。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, the first synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate any of the following: Items: ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB within the first time period; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal, the first MIB being the MIB after the first synchronization signal with the shortest time interval with the first synchronization signal. The first MIB may be located within the first time period.
在该实现方式中,第一同步信号用于指示周期比值信息;不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the period ratio information; there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一同步信号包括辅同步信号(secondary synchronization signal,SSS),所述SSS的频域分量和/或时域分量用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;所述第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the first synchronization signal includes a secondary synchronization signal (SSS), and the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB in the first time period; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal.
在该实现方式中,SSS的频域分量和/或时域分量用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述SSS的频域分量用于指示如下任一项,包括:所述SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;所述第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items, including: the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal.
在该实现方式中,SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, thereby saving signaling overhead.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述SSS的时域的持续时间或时间空缺用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;所述第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔。SSS的时域的持续时间是指SSS的持续时长。一个SSS的时域的时间空缺是指该SSS在时域上空缺的时长。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the duration or time gap of the SSS in the time domain is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB in the first time period; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal. The duration of the SSS in the time domain refers to the duration of the SSS. The time gap of an SSS in the time domain refers to the duration of the SSS being gapped in the time domain.
在该实现方式中,SSS的时域的持续时间或时间空缺用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the duration or time gap of the time domain of the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期小于第一阈值,所述第一阈值小于等于5ms,所述第一时间段内周期性发送的MIB包括由第一MIB分块得到的多个子MIB,所述多个子MIB的发送时间不同。本文中,当周期性发送的MIB为子MIB时,MIB的周期是指子MIB的周期,即两个相邻的子MIB之间的持续时间。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period is less than a first threshold, the first threshold is less than or equal to 5ms, and the MIB periodically sent in the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks, and the multiple sub-MIBs have different sending times. In this document, when the periodically sent MIB is a sub-MIB, the period of the MIB refers to the period of the sub-MIB, that is, the duration between two adjacent sub-MIBs.
在该实现方式中,当第一时间段内的同步信号的周期小于第一阈值时,第一时间段内周期性发送的MIB包括由第一MIB分块得到的多个子MIB;从而尅避免同步信号周期过小时对MIB传输长度的限制,提高系统的灵活性,保证MIB信号时序资源完整可用。In this implementation, when the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period is less than the first threshold, the MIB periodically sent within the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks; thereby avoiding the limitation on the MIB transmission length when the synchronization signal period is too small, improving the flexibility of the system, and ensuring that the MIB signal timing resources are fully available.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内周期性发送的MIB包括由第一MIB分块得到的多个子MIB,每个子MIB的长度小于第二阈值,所述多个子MIB的发送时间不同,所述第二阈值大于等于320ms。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the MIB periodically sent during the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks, the length of each sub-MIB is less than a second threshold, the sending times of the multiple sub-MIBs are different, and the second threshold is greater than or equal to 320ms.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述多个子MIB的持续时间相等,所述多个子MIB的持续时间基于所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、所述第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间得到。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, the durations of the multiple sub-MIBs are equal, and the durations of the multiple sub-MIBs are obtained based on a period of a synchronization signal within the first time period and a duration of a synchronization signal within the first time period.
在该实现方式中,多个子MIB的持续时间基于第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间得到;可以合理地确定子MIB的持续时间。In this implementation, the duration of the multiple sub-MIBs is obtained based on the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the duration of a synchronization signal in the first time period; the duration of the sub-MIBs can be reasonably determined.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述多个子MIB中的至少两个MIB的持续时间不同,所述多个子MIB中的子MIB的持续时间用于所述子MIB在所述多个子MIB中的排序的确定。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, at least two MIBs among the multiple sub-MIBs have different durations, and the duration of a sub-MIB among the multiple sub-MIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB among the multiple sub-MIBs.
在该实现方式中,多个子MIB中的子MIB的持续时间用于子MIB在该多个子MIB中的排序的确定,不必发送控制信息来指示子MIB在该多个子MIB中的排序;可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the duration of a sub-MIB in multiple sub-MIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs; signaling overhead can be saved.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的第二同步信号用于指示所述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。示例性的,第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息可以包括:第一时间段内发送的子MIB的持续时间以及子MIB的数量。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the second synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period. Exemplarily, the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period may include: the duration of the sub-MIB sent in the first time period and the number of sub-MIBs.
在该实现方式中,第二同步信号用于指示第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息,不必发送控制信息来指示分块信息;可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the second synchronization signal is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二同步信号包括SSS,所述SSS的频域分量用于指示所述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。 In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, the second synchronization signal includes an SSS, and a frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
在该实现方式中,SSS的频域分量用于指示第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息,不必发送控制信息来指示分块信息;可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示所述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
在该实现方式中,SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息,不必发送控制信息来指示分块信息;可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示如下任一项:所述第一MIB分块为f个等长的子MIB;所述第一MIB分块为f个长度不同的子MIB;所述第一MIB分块为t个子MIB,所述t个子MIB包括s个第一长度的子MIB以及s个第二长度的子MIB,f为大于1的整数,所述t为大于3的整数,所述s为大于1的整数。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the first MIB block is composed of f sub-MIBs of equal length; the first MIB block is composed of f sub-MIBs of different lengths; the first MIB block is composed of t sub-MIBs, and the t sub-MIBs include s sub-MIBs of a first length and s sub-MIBs of a second length, f is an integer greater than 1, t is an integer greater than 3, and s is an integer greater than 1.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述多个子MIB中的至少两个子MIB使用的扰码不同,或者,所述多个子MIB中的至少两个子MIB(可以称为MIB块)的循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)使用的加扰不同。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, at least two of the multiple sub-MIBs use different scrambling codes, or at least two of the multiple sub-MIBs (which may be referred to as MIB blocks) use different scrambling for a cyclic redundancy check (CRC).
在该实现方式中,对子MIB加扰的好处是,减小邻小区的干扰,只有本小区内的终端设备才能根据本小区的身份标识(Identity,ID)形成的小区专用扰码序列对接收到得本小区内的信息进行解扰。其次,不同的MIB块使用不同的扰码,扰码初始化种子可以为小区全部ID或者部分ID,当MIB的不同块(即子MIB)使用不同的扰码,那么进一步只有当前MIB块才能根据当前块的扰码形成的专用扰码序列对接收到的MIB块进行解扰,可以防止终端设备错误得判断当前分块在原始MIB中的顺序。In this implementation, the benefit of scrambling the sub-MIB is to reduce the interference of neighboring cells. Only the terminal equipment in the cell can descramble the information received in the cell according to the cell-specific scrambling code sequence formed by the identity (ID) of the cell. Secondly, different MIB blocks use different scrambling codes. The scrambling code initialization seed can be the entire ID or part of the cell ID. When different blocks of the MIB (i.e., sub-MIBs) use different scrambling codes, then only the current MIB block can descramble the received MIB block according to the dedicated scrambling code sequence formed by the scrambling code of the current block, which can prevent the terminal equipment from incorrectly judging the order of the current block in the original MIB.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期小于第一阈值,所述第二时间段内的同步信号的周期大于或等于所述第一阈值,所述第一阈值小于等于5ms;所述第一时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的持续时间短于所述第二时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的持续时间。所述第一时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的持续时间短于所述第二时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的持续时间可以替换为:所述第一时间段内的一个MIB的持续时间短于所述第二时间段内的一个MIB的持续时间。可选的,所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值大于所述第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。本文中,持续时间是指一个时长,持续时间可以替换为持续时长。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period is less than a first threshold, the period of the synchronization signal in the second time period is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the first threshold is less than or equal to 5ms; the duration of the symbol in the MIB periodically repeatedly sent in the first time period is shorter than the duration of the symbol in the MIB periodically repeatedly sent in the second time period. The duration of the symbol in the MIB periodically repeatedly sent in the first time period is shorter than the duration of the symbol in the MIB periodically repeatedly sent in the second time period can be replaced by: the duration of a MIB in the first time period is shorter than the duration of a MIB in the second time period. Optionally, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is greater than the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the second time period to the period of the MIB. In this article, duration refers to a duration, and duration can be replaced by duration.
在该实现方式中,第一时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的持续时间短于第二时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的持续时间,表明第一时间段内的MIB与第二时间段内的MIB相比,减少了单个MIB中的符号的持续时间,即缩短了MIB的持续时间,增加MIB的重复次数;能够提高资源利用率。In this implementation, the duration of symbols in the MIB that is periodically repeatedly sent in the first time period is shorter than the duration of symbols in the MIB that is periodically repeatedly sent in the second time period, indicating that the MIB in the first time period is compared with the MIB in the second time period. The duration of symbols in a single MIB is reduced, that is, the duration of the MIB is shortened and the number of repetitions of the MIB is increased; resource utilization can be improved.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,关联于所述第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间和一个MIB的持续时间。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, a ratio of a period of the synchronization signal to a period of the MIB in the first time period is associated with a duration of a synchronization signal and a duration of a MIB in the first time period.
在该实现方式中,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,关联于第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间和一个MIB的持续时间;提供了确定该第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值的方式。In this implementation, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is associated with the duration of a synchronization signal and the duration of a MIB in the first time period; a method for determining the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is provided.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于k且小于等于(k+1),所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与同步信号的周期的比值为(k+1),k为大于等于0的整数。示例性的,当所述第一时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于k且小于等于(k+1)时,所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与同步信号的周期的比值为(k+1),k为大于等于0的整数。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), and the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the synchronization signal is (k+1), and k is an integer greater than or equal to 0. Exemplarily, when the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the synchronization signal is (k+1), and k is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
在该实现方式中,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值基于第一时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值确定,可以合理地确定第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以便提高资源利用率。In this implementation, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is determined based on the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal. The ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB can be reasonably determined to improve resource utilization.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的第一同步信号包括SSS,所述SSS的频域分量和/或时域分量用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the first synchronization signal within the first time period includes an SSS, and the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB within the first time period to the period of the SIB; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB, and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
在该实现方式中,SSS的频域分量和/或时域分量用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
在第一方面或第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述SSS的频域分量用于指示如下任一项,包括:所 述SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items, including: The number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB in the first time period.
在该实现方式中,SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, thereby saving signaling overhead.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供另一种通信方法,该方法包括:生成MIB和SIB;周期性发送MIB和SIB,第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值不同于第四时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides another communication method, which includes: generating MIB and SIB; periodically sending MIB and SIB, and the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in a third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in a fourth time period.
本申请实施例中,第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值不同于第四时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值,表明MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值是可变的,而不是固定不变的。MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值是可变的相比于MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值固定不变;能够提高资源利用率。也就是说,MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值根据实际需求进行调整,可以提高资源利用率,即减少空口资源的浪费。In the embodiment of the present application, the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the fourth time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is variable, rather than fixed. The ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is variable, compared with the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization. In other words, the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is adjusted according to actual needs, which can improve resource utilization, that is, reduce the waste of air interface resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:发送第二控制信息,所述第二控制信息用于指示如下任一项:所述第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第三时间段内的MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: sending second control information, where the second control information is used to indicate any one of the following: a ratio of a period of the MIB to a period of the SIB within the third time period; a period of the MIB and a period of the SIB within the third time period.
在该实现方式中,发送第二控制信息,可以使得终端设备获知第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。In this implementation, sending the second control information can enable the terminal device to learn the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:发送第二分块信息,所述第二分块信息用于指示所述第三时间段内发送的SIB的分块信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending second block information, where the second block information is used to indicate block information of the SIB sent in the third time period.
在该实现方式中,发送第二分块信息,以便终端设备基于该第二分块信息获知第三时间段内发送的SIB的分块信息。In this implementation, the second block information is sent so that the terminal device acquires the block information of the SIB sent in the third time period based on the second block information.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供另一种通信方法,该方法包括:接收周期性发送的MIB和SIB,第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值不同于第四时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;解析接收到的MIB和SIB。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides another communication method, which includes: receiving periodically sent MIB and SIB, the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in a third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in a fourth time period; parsing the received MIB and SIB.
本申请实施例中,第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值不同于第四时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值,表明MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值是可变的,而不是固定不变的。MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值是可变的相比于MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值固定不变;能够提高资源利用率。也就是说,MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值根据实际需求进行调整,可以提高资源利用率,即减少空口资源的浪费。In the embodiment of the present application, the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the fourth time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is variable, rather than fixed. The ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is variable, compared with the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization. In other words, the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is adjusted according to actual needs, which can improve resource utilization, that is, reduce the waste of air interface resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收第二控制信息,所述第二控制信息用于指示如下任一项:所述第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第三时间段内的MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving second control information, where the second control information is used to indicate any one of the following: a ratio of a period of the MIB to a period of the SIB within the third time period; a period of the MIB and a period of the SIB within the third time period.
在该实现方式中,接收第二控制信息,得终端设备基于该第二控制信息,可以获知第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。In this implementation, the second control information is received, and the terminal device can obtain the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period based on the second control information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收第二分块信息,所述第二分块信息用于指示所述第三时间段内发送的SIB的分块信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving second block information, where the second block information is used to indicate block information of the SIB sent in the third time period.
在该实现方式中,接收第二分块信息,终端设备基于该第二分块信息,可以获知第三时间段内发送的SIB的分块信息。In this implementation, the second block information is received, and based on the second block information, the terminal device can obtain the block information of the SIB sent in the third time period.
在第三方面或第四方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三时间段内周期性发送的SIB包括由一个SIB分块得到的多个子SIB,所述多个子SIB的发送时间不同。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the SIB periodically sent in the third time period includes multiple sub-SIBs obtained by dividing one SIB block, and the sending times of the multiple sub-SIBs are different.
在该实现方式中,第三时间段内周期性发送的SIB包括由一个SIB分块得到的多个子SIB;能够提高资源利用率。In this implementation, the SIB periodically sent in the third time period includes multiple sub-SIBs obtained by dividing one SIB into blocks, which can improve resource utilization.
在第三方面或第四方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述多个子SIB的持续时间相等,所述多个子SIB的持续时间基于所述第三时间段内的MIB的周期、所述第三时间段内的一个MIB的持续时间得到。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the durations of the multiple sub-SIBs are equal, and the durations of the multiple sub-SIBs are obtained based on the period of the MIB within the third time period and the duration of a MIB within the third time period.
在该实现方式中,多个子SIB的持续时间基于第三时间段内的MIB的周期、所述第三时间段内的一个MIB的持续时间得到;可以合理地确定子SIB的持续时间。In this implementation, the duration of the multiple sub-SIBs is obtained based on the period of the MIB in the third time period and the duration of one MIB in the third time period; the duration of the sub-SIBs can be reasonably determined.
在第三方面或第四方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述多个子SIB中的至少两个SIB的持续时间不同,所述多个子SIB中的子SIB的持续时间用于所述子SIB在所述多个子SIB中的排序的确定。 In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, at least two SIBs among the multiple sub-SIBs have different durations, and the duration of the sub-SIB among the multiple sub-SIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-SIB among the multiple sub-SIBs.
在该实现方式中,多个子SIB中的子SIB的持续时间用于子SIB在该多个子SIB中的排序的确定,不必发送控制信息来指示子SIB在该多个子SIB中的排序;可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the duration of a sub-SIB in a plurality of sub-SIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-SIB in the plurality of sub-SIBs, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the order of the sub-SIB in the plurality of sub-SIBs; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
在第三方面或第四方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述多个子SIB中的至少两个子SIB使用的扰码不同,或者,所述多个子SIB中的至少两个子SIB(可以称为MIB块)的CRC使用的加扰不同。In a possible implementation of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, at least two of the multiple sub-SIBs use different scrambling codes, or at least two of the multiple sub-SIBs (which may be referred to as MIB blocks) use different scrambling for CRC.
在该实现方式中,对子SIB加扰的好处是,减小邻小区的干扰,只有本小区内的终端设备才能根据本小区的身份标识(Identity,ID)形成的小区专用扰码序列对接收到得本小区内的信息进行解扰。其次,不同的SIB块使用不同的扰码,扰码初始化种子可以为小区全部ID或者部分ID,当SIB的不同块(即子SIB)使用不同的扰码,那么进一步只有当前SIB块才能根据当前块的扰码形成的专用扰码序列对接收到的SIB块进行解扰,可以防止终端设备错误得判断当前分块在原始SIB中的顺序。In this implementation, the benefit of scrambling the sub-SIB is to reduce the interference of neighboring cells. Only the terminal equipment in the cell can descramble the information received in the cell according to the cell-specific scrambling code sequence formed by the identity (ID) of the cell. Secondly, different SIB blocks use different scrambling codes. The scrambling code initialization seed can be the entire ID or part of the cell ID. When different blocks of the SIB (i.e., sub-SIBs) use different scrambling codes, then only the current SIB block can descramble the received SIB block according to the dedicated scrambling code sequence formed by the scrambling code of the current block, which can prevent the terminal equipment from incorrectly judging the order of the current block in the original SIB.
在第三方面或第四方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三时间段内周期性重复发送的SIB中的符号的持续时间短于所述第四时间段内周期性重复发送的SIB中的符号的持续时间。所述第三时间段内周期性重复发送的SIB中的符号的持续时间短于所述第四时间段内周期性重复发送的SIB中的符号的持续时间可以替换为:所述第三时间段内的一个SIB的持续时间短于所述第四时间段内的一个SIB的持续时间。可选的,所述第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值大于所述第四时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。In a possible implementation of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the duration of the symbols in the SIB periodically repeatedly sent in the third time period is shorter than the duration of the symbols in the SIB periodically repeatedly sent in the fourth time period. The duration of the symbols in the SIB periodically repeatedly sent in the third time period is shorter than the duration of the symbols in the SIB periodically repeatedly sent in the fourth time period can be replaced by: the duration of a SIB in the third time period is shorter than the duration of a SIB in the fourth time period. Optionally, the ratio of the period of the MIB in the third time period to the period of the SIB is greater than the ratio of the period of the MIB in the fourth time period to the period of the SIB.
在该实现方式中,第三时间段内周期性重复发送的SIB中的符号的持续时间短于第四时间段内周期性重复发送的SIB中的符号的持续时间,表明第三时间段内的SIB与第四时间段内的SIB相比,减少了单个SIB中的符号的持续时间,即缩短了SIB的持续时间,增加SIB的重复次数;能够提高资源利用率。In this implementation, the duration of symbols in the SIB periodically repeatedly sent in the third time period is shorter than the duration of symbols in the SIB periodically repeatedly sent in the fourth time period, indicating that the SIB in the third time period is compared with the SIB in the fourth time period. The duration of the symbols in a single SIB is reduced, that is, the duration of the SIB is shortened and the number of repetitions of the SIB is increased; this can improve resource utilization.
在第三方面或第四方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值,关联于所述第三时间段内的一个MIB的持续时间和一个SIB的持续时间。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, a ratio of a period of the MIB to a period of the SIB in the third time period is associated with a duration of a MIB and a duration of a SIB in the third time period.
在该实现方式中,第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值,关联于第三时间段内的一个MIB的持续时间和一个SIB的持续时间;提供了确定该第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值的方式。In this implementation, the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period is associated with the duration of a MIB and a SIB in the third time period; a method for determining the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period is provided.
在第三方面或第四方面一种可能的实现方式中,所述第三时间段内的SIB的持续时间和MIB的持续时间的比值大于k且小于等于(k+1),所述第三时间段内的SIB的周期与MIB的周期的比值为(k+1),k为大于等于0的整数。示例性的,当所述第三时间段内的SIB的持续时间和MIB的持续时间的比值大于k且小于等于(k+1)时,所述第三时间段内的SIB的周期与MIB的周期的比值为(k+1),k为大于等于0的整数。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the ratio of the duration of the SIB in the third time period to the duration of the MIB is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), and the ratio of the period of the SIB in the third time period to the period of the MIB is (k+1), and k is an integer greater than or equal to 0. Exemplarily, when the ratio of the duration of the SIB in the third time period to the duration of the MIB is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), the ratio of the period of the SIB in the third time period to the period of the MIB is (k+1), and k is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
在该实现方式中,第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值基于第三时间段内的SIB的持续时间和MIB的持续时间的比值确定,可以合理地确定第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值,以便提高资源利用率。In this implementation, the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period is determined based on the ratio of the SIB duration to the MIB duration in the third time period. The ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period can be reasonably determined to improve resource utilization.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供另一种通信方法,该方法包括:网络设备周期性发送同步信号和主信息块MIB,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值不同于第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;终端设备接收所述网络设备周期性发送的同步信号和MIB。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides another communication method, which includes: a network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a master information block MIB, and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in a first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in a second time period; a terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device.
本申请实施例中,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值不同于第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,表明同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值是可变的,而不是固定不变的。同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值是可变的相比于同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值固定不变;能够提高资源利用率。In the embodiment of the present application, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, rather than fixed. The ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, which is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的第一同步信号用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;所述第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔,所述第一MIB为在所述第一同步信号之后的MIB中与所述第一同步信号的时间间隔最短的MIB。In one possible implementation, the first synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate any one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal, the first MIB being the MIB after the first synchronization signal with the shortest time interval with the first synchronization signal.
在该实现方式中,第一同步信号用于指示周期比值信息;不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the period ratio information; there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一同步信号包括SSS,所述SSS的频域分量和/或时域分量用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;所述第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔。In one possible implementation, the first synchronization signal includes SSS, and the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal.
在该实现方式中,SSS的频域分量和/或时域分量用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。 In this implementation, the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述SSS的频域分量用于指示如下任一项,包括:所述SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;所述第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔。In one possible implementation, the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items, including: the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal.
在该实现方式中,SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, thereby saving signaling overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述SSS的时域的持续时间或时间空缺用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;所述第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔。SSS的时域的持续时间是指SSS的持续时长。一个SSS的时域的时间空缺是指该SSS在时域上空缺的时长。In a possible implementation, the duration or time gap of the SSS in the time domain is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB in the first time period; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal. The duration of the SSS in the time domain refers to the duration of the SSS. The time gap of an SSS in the time domain refers to the duration of the SSS being gapped in the time domain.
在该实现方式中,SSS的时域的持续时间或时间空缺用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the duration or time gap of the time domain of the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备发送控制信息,所述控制信息用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔,所述第一同步信号为所述第一时间段内与所述控制信息间隔时间最短的同步信号;所述终端设备接收所述控制信息。In a possible implementation, the method also includes: the network device sends control information, and the control information is used to indicate any one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal, the first synchronization signal being the synchronization signal with the shortest interval with the control information within the first time period; and the terminal device receives the control information.
在该实现方式中,控制信息用于指示周期比值信息,终端设备基于该控制信息可以获知第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。In this implementation, the control information is used to indicate period ratio information, and the terminal device can obtain the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period based on the control information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,关联于所述第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间和一个MIB的持续时间。In a possible implementation manner, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is associated with the duration of a synchronization signal and the duration of a MIB in the first time period.
在该实现方式中,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,关联于第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间和一个MIB的持续时间;提供了确定该第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值的方式。In this implementation, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is associated with the duration of a synchronization signal and the duration of a MIB in the first time period; a method for determining the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is provided.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于k且小于等于(k+1),所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与同步信号的周期的比值为(k+1),k为大于等于0的整数。示例性的,当所述第一时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于k且小于等于(k+1)时,所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与同步信号的周期的比值为(k+1),k为大于等于0的整数。In a possible implementation, the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), and the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the synchronization signal is (k+1), where k is an integer greater than or equal to 0. Exemplarily, when the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the synchronization signal is (k+1), where k is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
在该实现方式中,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值基于第一时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值确定,可以合理地确定第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以便提高资源利用率。In this implementation, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is determined based on the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal. The ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB can be reasonably determined to improve resource utilization.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期小于第一阈值,所述第一阈值小于等于5ms,所述第一时间段内周期性发送的MIB包括由第一MIB分块得到的多个子MIB,所述多个子MIB的发送时间不同。In a possible implementation, the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period is less than a first threshold, the first threshold is less than or equal to 5 ms, and the MIB periodically sent in the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks, and the sending times of the multiple sub-MIBs are different.
在该实现方式中,当第一时间段内的同步信号的周期小于第一阈值时,第一时间段内周期性发送的MIB包括由第一MIB分块得到的多个子MIB;能够提高资源利用率。In this implementation, when the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period is less than the first threshold, the MIB periodically sent in the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks; resource utilization can be improved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络设备周期性发送同步信号和MIB包括:所述网络设备在待发送的MIB的持续时间大于第二阈值的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和由待发送的MIB分块得到的多个子MIB,所述第二阈值大于等于320ms。In one possible implementation, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB, including: the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the MIB to be sent when the duration of the MIB to be sent is greater than a second threshold, and the second threshold is greater than or equal to 320ms.
在该实现方式中,在待发送的MIB的持续时间大于第二阈值的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和由待发送的MIB分块得到的多个子MIB;可以减少终端设备等待接收MIB的时间。In this implementation, when the duration of the MIB to be sent is greater than the second threshold, a synchronization signal and multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the MIB to be sent are periodically sent; the time the terminal device waits to receive the MIB can be reduced.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述多个子MIB的持续时间相等,所述多个子MIB的持续时间基于所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、所述第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间得到。In a possible implementation manner, the durations of the multiple sub-MIBs are equal, and the durations of the multiple sub-MIBs are obtained based on a period of a synchronization signal in the first time period and a duration of a synchronization signal in the first time period.
在该实现方式中,多个子MIB的持续时间基于第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间得到;可以合理地确定子MIB的持续时间。In this implementation, the duration of the multiple sub-MIBs is obtained based on the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the duration of a synchronization signal in the first time period; the duration of the sub-MIBs can be reasonably determined.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述多个子MIB中的至少两个MIB的持续时间不同,所述多个子MIB中的子MIB的持续时间用于所述子MIB在所述多个子MIB中的排序的确定。In a possible implementation manner, at least two MIBs among the multiple sub-MIBs have different durations, and the duration of a sub-MIB among the multiple sub-MIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB among the multiple sub-MIBs.
在该实现方式中,多个子MIB中的子MIB的持续时间用于子MIB在该多个子MIB中的排序的确定,不必发送控制信息来指示子MIB在该多个子MIB中的排序;可以节省信令开销。 In this implementation, the duration of a sub-MIB in multiple sub-MIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs; signaling overhead can be saved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的第二同步信号用于指示所述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。示例性的,第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息可以包括:第一时间段内发送的子MIB的持续时间以及子MIB的数量。In a possible implementation, the second synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period. Exemplarily, the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period may include: the duration of the sub-MIB sent in the first time period and the number of sub-MIBs.
在该实现方式中,第二同步信号用于指示第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息,不必发送控制信息来指示分块信息;可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the second synchronization signal is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二同步信号包括SSS,所述SSS的频域分量用于指示所述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。In a possible implementation, the second synchronization signal includes an SSS, and a frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
在该实现方式中,SSS的频域分量用于指示第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息,不必发送控制信息来指示分块信息;可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示所述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。In a possible implementation, the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
在该实现方式中,SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息,不必发送控制信息来指示分块信息;可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示如下任一项:所述第一MIB分块为f个等长的子MIB;所述第一MIB分块为f个长度不同的子MIB;所述第一MIB分块为t个子MIB,所述t个子MIB包括s个第一长度的子MIB以及s个第二长度的子MIB,f为大于1的整数,所述t为大于3的整数,所述s为大于1的整数。In one possible implementation, the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the first MIB block is composed of f sub-MIBs of equal length; the first MIB block is composed of f sub-MIBs of different lengths; the first MIB block is composed of t sub-MIBs, and the t sub-MIBs include s sub-MIBs of a first length and s sub-MIBs of a second length, f is an integer greater than 1, t is an integer greater than 3, and s is an integer greater than 1.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述多个子MIB中的至少两个子MIB使用的扰码不同,或者,所述多个子MIB中的至少两个子MIB(可以称为MIB块)的循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)使用的加扰不同。In one possible implementation, at least two of the multiple sub-MIBs use different scrambling codes, or at least two of the multiple sub-MIBs (which may be referred to as MIB blocks) use different scrambling for cyclic redundancy checks (CRC).
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期小于第一阈值,所述第二时间段内的同步信号的周期大于或等于所述第一阈值,所述第一阈值小于等于5ms;所述第一时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的持续时间短于所述第二时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的持续时间。In one possible implementation, the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period is less than a first threshold, the period of the synchronization signal in the second time period is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the first threshold is less than or equal to 5ms; the duration of the symbols in the MIB periodically repeated in the first time period is shorter than the duration of the symbols in the MIB periodically repeated in the second time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:网络设备周期性发送SIB;所述第一时间段内的第一同步信号用于指示如下至少一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期;所述终端设备接收所述网络设备周期性发送的SIB;所述终端设备基于所述第一同步信号,得到所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。In a possible implementation, the method also includes: the network device periodically sends the SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period; the terminal device receives the SIB periodically sent by the network device; the terminal device obtains the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period based on the first synchronization signal.
在该实现方式中,MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值是可变的,而不是不变的;能够提高资源利用率。另外,第一同步信号用于指示周期比值信息;不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period is variable, rather than constant, which can improve resource utilization. In addition, the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the period ratio information; no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时间段内的第一同步信号包括SSS,所述SSS的频域分量和/或时域分量用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In one possible implementation, the first synchronization signal within the first time period includes SSS, and the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal within the first time period to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB within the first time period to the period of the SIB; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述SSS的频域分量用于指示如下任一项,包括:所述SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In one possible implementation, the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items, including: the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第一方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。该通信装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),还可以是能实现全部或部分该网络设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中:所述处理模块,用于生成同步信号和MIB;所述收发模块,用于周期性发送同步信号和MIB,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值不同于第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the first aspect above. The communication device can be a network device, or a component of a network device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the network device. The functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software implementations, and the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the processing module is used to generate a synchronization signal and a MIB; the transceiver module is used to periodically send a synchronization signal and a MIB, and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于发送控制信息,所述控制信息用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB 的周期;第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔,所述第一同步信号为所述第一时间段内与所述控制信息间隔时间最短的同步信号。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is further used to send control information, where the control information is used to indicate any of the following: a ratio of a period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to a period of the MIB; a ratio of a period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to a period of the MIB; period; an interval between a first synchronization signal and a first MIB after the first synchronization signal, wherein the first synchronization signal is a synchronization signal having the shortest interval with the control information within the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于周期性发送SIB;发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于指示如下至少一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In one possible implementation, the transceiver module is also used to periodically send SIB; send first control information, and the first control information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于周期性发送SIB;所述第一时间段内的第一同步信号用于指示如下至少一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is also used to periodically send SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
第六方面的通信装置可能的实现方式可参见第一方面的各种可能的实现方式。Possible implementations of the communication device of the sixth aspect may refer to various possible implementations of the first aspect.
关于第六方面的各种可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的实现方式的技术效果的介绍。For the technical effects brought about by various possible implementation methods of the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the first aspect or various possible implementation methods of the first aspect.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第二方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。该通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),还可以是能实现全部或部分该终端设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中:所述收发模块,用于接收周期性发送的同步信号和MIB,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值不同于第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述处理模块,用于解析接收到的同步信号和MIB。In the seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the second aspect above. The communication device can be a terminal device, or a component of a terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the terminal device. The functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software implementations, and the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is used to receive periodically sent synchronization signals and MIBs, and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period; the processing module is used to parse the received synchronization signal and MIB.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于接收控制信息,所述控制信息用于指示如下任一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;第一同步信号与所述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔,所述第一同步信号为所述第一时间段内与所述控制信息间隔时间最短的同步信号。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is also used to receive control information, and the control information is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB within the first time period; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal, the first synchronization signal being the synchronization signal with the shortest interval with the control information within the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于接收周期性发送的SIB;所述第一时间段内的第一同步信号用于指示如下至少一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In one possible implementation, the transceiver module is also used to receive a periodically sent SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于接收第一分块信息,所述第一分块信息用于指示所述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is further used to receive first block information, where the first block information is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于接收周期性发送的SIB;所述第一时间段内的第一同步信号用于指示如下至少一项:所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及所述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In one possible implementation, the transceiver module is also used to receive a periodically sent SIB; the first synchronization signal within the first time period is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB within the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB within the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB within the first time period.
第七方面的通信装置可能的实现方式可参见第二方面的各种可能的实现方式。Possible implementations of the communication device of the seventh aspect may refer to various possible implementations of the second aspect.
关于第七方面的各种可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的实现方式的技术效果的介绍。For the technical effects brought about by various possible implementation methods of the seventh aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the second aspect or various possible implementation methods of the second aspect.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第三方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。该通信装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),还可以是能实现全部或部分该网络设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中:所述处理模块,用于生成MIB和SIB;所述收发模块,用于周期性发送MIB和SIB,第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值不同于第四时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the third aspect above. The communication device may be a network device, or a component of a network device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the network device. The functions of the communication device may be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software implementations, and the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. In one possible implementation, the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the processing module is used to generate MIB and SIB; the transceiver module is used to periodically send MIB and SIB, and the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the fourth time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于发送第二控制信息,所述第二控制信息用于指示如下任一项:所述第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第三时间段内的MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is further used to send second control information, and the second control information is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period; the MIB period and the SIB period in the third time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于发送第二分块信息,所述第二分块信息用于指示所述第三时间段内发送的SIB的分块信息。 In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is further used to send second block information, where the second block information is used to indicate the block information of the SIB sent in the third time period.
第八方面的通信装置可能的实现方式可参见第三方面的各种可能的实现方式。Possible implementations of the communication device of the eighth aspect may refer to various possible implementations of the third aspect.
关于第八方面的各种可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的实现方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by various possible implementation methods of the eighth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the third aspect or various possible implementation methods of the third aspect.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第四方面方法实施例中的行为的功能。该通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),还可以是能实现全部或部分该终端设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件。该通信装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括收发模块和处理模块,其中:所述收发模块,用于接收周期性发送的MIB和SIB,第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值不同于第四时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述处理模块,用于解析接收到的MIB和SIB。In the ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the behavior in the method embodiment of the fourth aspect above. The communication device can be a terminal device, or a component of a terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the terminal device. The functions of the communication device can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software implementations, and the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein: the transceiver module is used to receive periodically sent MIB and SIB, and the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the fourth time period; the processing module is used to parse the received MIB and SIB.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于接收第二控制信息,所述第二控制信息用于指示如下任一项:所述第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;所述第三时间段内的MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is further used to receive second control information, and the second control information is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period; the MIB period and the SIB period in the third time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于接收第二分块信息,所述第二分块信息用于指示所述第三时间段内发送的SIB的分块信息。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is further used to receive second block information, where the second block information is used to indicate block information of the SIB sent in the third time period.
第九方面的通信装置可能的实现方式可参见第四方面的各种可能的实现方式。Possible implementations of the communication device of the ninth aspect may refer to various possible implementations of the fourth aspect.
关于第九方面的各种可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第四方面或第四方面的各种可能的实现方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by various possible implementation methods of the ninth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the fourth aspect or various possible implementation methods of the fourth aspect.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供另一种通信装置,该通信装置包括一个或多个处理器,所述一个或多个处理器用于处理数据和/或信息,以使得如第一方面至第四方面中的任一方面中的方法被实现。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides another communication device, which includes one or more processors, and the one or more processors are used to process data and/or information so that the method in any one of the first to fourth aspects is implemented.
可选的,所述通信装置还包括存储器,该存储器存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如上述第一方面至第四方面中的任一方面所示的方法。示例性的,通信装置可以为芯片,处理器为该芯片中的处理单元,存储器为该芯片中的随机存储器或者缓存。Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory storing a program or instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the communication device executes the method as shown in any one of the first to fourth aspects above. Exemplarily, the communication device may be a chip, the processor may be a processing unit in the chip, and the memory may be a random access memory or a cache in the chip.
本申请实施例中,在执行上述方法的过程中,上述方法中有关发送信息(或信号)的过程,可以理解为基于处理器的指令进行输出信息的过程。在输出信息时,处理器将信息输出给收发器,以便由收发器进行发射。该信息在由处理器输出之后,还可能进行其他的处理,然后到达收发器。类似的,处理器接收输入的信息时,收发器接收该信息,并将其输入处理器。更进一步的,在收发器收到该信息之后,该信息可能进行其他的处理,然后才输入处理器。In the embodiment of the present application, in the process of executing the above method, the process of sending information (or signal) in the above method can be understood as the process of outputting information based on the instructions of the processor. When outputting information, the processor outputs the information to the transceiver so that it can be transmitted by the transceiver. After the information is output by the processor, it may also be processed in other ways before reaching the transceiver. Similarly, when the processor receives input information, the transceiver receives the information and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the information, the information may be processed in other ways before being input into the processor.
对于处理器所涉及的发送和/或接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则可以一般性的理解为基于处理器的指令输出。For operations such as sending and/or receiving involved by the processor, unless otherwise specified or unless they conflict with the actual function or internal logic in the relevant description, they can be generally understood as instructions output based on the processor.
在实现过程中,上述处理器可以是专门用于执行这些方法的处理器,也可以是执行存储器中的计算机指令来执行这些方法的处理器,例如通用处理器等。例如,处理器还可以用于执行存储器中存储的程序,当该程序被执行时,使得该通信装置执行如上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法。During the implementation process, the processor may be a processor specifically used to execute these methods, or may be a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to execute these methods, such as a general-purpose processor, etc. For example, the processor may also be used to execute a program stored in the memory, and when the program is executed, the communication device executes the method as shown in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于上述通信装置之外。在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于上述通信装置之内。In a possible implementation, the memory is located outside the communication device. In a possible implementation, the memory is located inside the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理器和存储器还可能集成于一个器件中,即处理器和存储器还可能被集成于一起。In a possible implementation, the processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置还包括收发器,该收发器,用于接收信号或发送信号等。In a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to receive a signal or send a signal.
第十一方面,本申请提供另一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理电路和接口电路,该接口电路用于获取数据或输出数据;处理电路用于执行如上述第一方面至上述第四方面中任一方面所示的方法。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides another communication device, which includes a processing circuit and an interface circuit, wherein the interface circuit is used to acquire or output data; the processing circuit is used to execute the method shown in any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
第十二方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序包括程序指令,该程序指令被执行时使得计算机执行如上述第一方面至上述第四方面中任一方面所示的方法。In the twelfth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which a computer program is stored. The computer program includes program instructions, which, when executed, enable the computer to execute the method shown in any one of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects.
第十三方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,该计算机程序包括程序指令,该程序指令被执行时使得计算机执行如上述第一方面至上述第四方面中任一方面所示的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, which includes a computer program, and the computer program includes program instructions, which, when executed, enable a computer to execute a method as shown in any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
第十四方面,本申请提供一种芯片,包括通信接口和处理器;所述通信接口,用于所述芯片的信号收发;所述处理器,用于执行计算机程序指令,使得包括所述芯片的通信装置执行如上述第一方面至上述第四方面中任一方面所示的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides a chip comprising a communication interface and a processor; the communication interface is used for sending and receiving signals of the chip; the processor is used for executing computer program instructions so that a communication device including the chip executes a method as shown in any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,包括上述第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式 所述的通信装置、上述第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的实现方式所述的通信装置。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including the sixth aspect or any possible implementation method of the sixth aspect The communication device, the communication device described in the seventh aspect or any possible implementation of the seventh aspect.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供另一种通信系统,包括上述第八方面或第八方面的任意可能的实现方式所述的通信装置、上述第九方面或第九方面的任意可能的实现方式所述的通信装置。In the sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides another communication system, including the communication device described in the eighth aspect or any possible implementation of the eighth aspect, and the communication device described in the ninth aspect or any possible implementation of the ninth aspect.
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或背景技术中的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application or the background technology, the drawings required for use in the embodiments of the present application or the background technology will be described below.
图1是本申请实施例可以应用的通信系统的架构示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present application can be applied;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法交互流程图;FIG2 is an interactive flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备周期性发送同步信号和MIB的示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and a MIB according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备周期性发送同步信号和MIB的示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of another network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and a MIB according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图;FIG5 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图;FIG6 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7A为本申请实施例提供的SSS使用的频点的个数和间隔用于指示同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的一个举例;FIG. 7A is an example of the number and interval of frequencies used by the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application for indicating the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB;
图7B为本申请实施例提供的SSS使用的频点的个数和间隔用于指示同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的另一个举例;FIG. 7B is another example of the number and interval of frequencies used by the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application for indicating the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB;
图7C为本申请实施例提供的SSS使用的频点的个数和间隔用于指示同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的另一个举例;FIG. 7C is another example of the number and interval of frequencies used by the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application for indicating the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB;
图8A为本申请实施例提供的SSS的时域的持续时间用于指示同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的一个举例;FIG8A is an example of the duration of the time domain of the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application being used to indicate the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB;
图8B为本申请实施例提供的SSS的时域的时间空缺用于指示同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的一个举例;FIG8B is an example of a time gap in the time domain of the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application being used to indicate a period of a synchronization signal and a period of the MIB;
图8C为本申请实施例提供的SSS的时域的时间空缺用于指示同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的一个举例;FIG8C is an example of a time gap in the time domain of the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application being used to indicate a period of a synchronization signal and a period of the MIB;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图;FIG9 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供一种网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送同步信号和MIB的举例;FIG10 is an example of a network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and a MIB in a first time period according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供一种SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息的举例;FIG11 is an example of an embodiment of the present application providing the number and/or interval of frequencies used by an SSS for indicating block information of a MIB sent in a first time period;
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图;FIG12 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图;FIG13 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备周期性发送同步信号、MIB以及SIB的举例;FIG14 is an example of a network device periodically sending a synchronization signal, MIB, and SIB provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图15本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备对SIB进行分块发送的举例;FIG15 is an example of a network device sending SIB in blocks provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图;FIG16 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图17A为本申请实施例提供的一种SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示T1:T2:T3的一个举例;FIG. 17A is an example of the number and/or interval of frequencies used by an SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application for indicating T1: T2: T3;
图17B为本申请实施例提供的一种SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示T1:T2:T3的另一个举例;FIG. 17B is another example of the number and/or interval of frequencies used by SSS to indicate T1: T2: T3 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图;FIG18 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置1900的结构示意图;FIG19 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 1900 provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置200的结构示意图;FIG20 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication device 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置210的结构示意图。FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication device 210 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
本申请的说明书、权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等仅用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包 含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备等,没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元等,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备等固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first" and "second" and the like in the specification, claims and drawings of the present application are only used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order. It is to be understood that the various numerical numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only used for the convenience of description and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic. In addition, the terms "include" and "have" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but may optionally include steps or units that are not listed, or may optionally include other steps or units that are inherent to the process, method, product, or device.
在本文中提及的“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员可以显式地和隐式地理解的是,本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。The "embodiment" mentioned in this article means that the specific features, structures or characteristics described in conjunction with the embodiment can be included in at least one embodiment of the present application. The appearance of this phrase in various places in the specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment, nor is it an independent or alternative embodiment that is mutually exclusive with other embodiments. It can be explicitly and implicitly understood by those skilled in the art that the embodiments described herein can be combined with other embodiments.
本申请以下实施例中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定实施例的目的,而并非旨在作为对本申请的限制。如在本申请的说明书和所附权利要求书中所使用的那样,单数表达形式“一个”、“一种”、“所述”、“上述”、“该”和“这一”旨在也包括复数表达形式,除非其上下文中明确地有相反指示。还应当理解,本申请中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个所列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。本申请中使用的术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms used in the following embodiments of the present application are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments, and are not intended to be used as limitations to the present application. As used in the specification and the appended claims of the present application, the singular expressions "one", "a kind of", "said", "above", "the" and "this" are intended to also include plural expressions, unless there is a clear contrary indication in its context. It should also be understood that the term "and/or" used in the present application refers to and includes any or all possible combinations of one or more listed items. For example, "A and/or B" can represent: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist at the same time, wherein A, B can be singular or plural. The term "multiple" used in the present application refers to two or more. In the textual description of the present application, the character "/" generally indicates that the front and back associated objects are a kind of "or" relationship.
可以理解,在本申请各实施例中,“A对应的B”表示A与B存在对应关系,根据A可以确定B。但还应理解,根据(或基于)A确定(或生成)B并不意味着仅仅根据(或基于)A确定(或生成)B,还可以根据(或基于)A和/或其它信息确定(或生成)B。It can be understood that in each embodiment of the present application, "A corresponds to B" means that there is a corresponding relationship between A and B, and B can be determined according to A. However, it should also be understood that determining (or generating) B according to (or based on) A does not mean that B is determined (or generated) only according to (or based on) A, and B can also be determined (or generated) according to (or based on) A and/or other information.
应理解,本申请中,指示包括直接指示(也称为显式指示)和隐式指示。其中,直接指示信息A,是指包括该信息A;隐式指示信息A,是指通过信息A和信息B的对应关系以及直接指示信息B,来指示信息A。其中,信息A和信息B的对应关系可以是预定义的,预存储的,预烧制的,或者,预先配置的。It should be understood that in the present application, indication includes direct indication (also called explicit indication) and implicit indication. Wherein, direct indication of information A means including the information A; implicit indication of information A means indicating information A through the correspondence between information A and information B and direct indication of information B. Wherein, the correspondence between information A and information B can be predefined, pre-stored, pre-burned, or pre-configured.
应理解,本申请中,信息C用于信息D的确定,既包括信息D仅基于信息C来确定,也包括基于信息C和其他信息来确定。此外,信息C用于信息D的确定,还可以间接确定的情况,比如,信息D基于信息E确定,而信息E基于信息C确定这种情况。It should be understood that in the present application, information C is used to determine information D, including information D being determined based only on information C, and information D being determined based on information C and other information. In addition, information C is used to determine information D, and it can also be indirectly determined, for example, information D is determined based on information E, and information E is determined based on information C.
此外,本申请各实施例中的“网元A向网元B发送信息A”,可以理解为该信息A的目的端或与目的端之间的传输路径中的中间网元是网元B,可以包括直接或间接的向网元B发送信息。“网元B从网元A接收信息A”,可以理解为该信息A的源端或与该源端之间的传输路径中的中间网元是网元A,可以包括直接或间接的从网元A接收信息。信息在信息发送的源端和目的端之间可能会被进行必要的处理,例如格式变化等,但目的端可以理解来自源端的有效信息。本申请中类似的表述可以做类似的理解,在此不予赘述。In addition, "network element A sends information A to network element B" in each embodiment of the present application can be understood as the destination end of the information A or the intermediate network element in the transmission path between the destination end and the network element B, which may include directly or indirectly sending information to network element B. "Network element B receives information A from network element A" can be understood as the source end of the information A or the intermediate network element in the transmission path between the source end and the network element A, which may include directly or indirectly receiving information from network element A. The information may be processed as necessary between the source end and the destination end of the information transmission, such as format changes, etc., but the destination end can understand the valid information from the source end. Similar expressions in the present application can be understood similarly and will not be repeated here.
为便于理解本申请的方案,下面首先介绍本申请实施例中所涉及的术语和技术方案。To facilitate understanding of the solutions of the present application, the following first introduces the terms and technical solutions involved in the embodiments of the present application.
基站周期性发送PSS与SSS:为了使终端设备能够完成小区搜索,即终端设备和小区取得时间和频率同步,基站周期性发送同步信号。The base station periodically sends PSS and SSS: In order to enable the terminal device to complete the cell search, that is, to achieve time and frequency synchronization between the terminal device and the cell, the base station periodically sends synchronization signals.
终端设备检测PSS与SSS:终端设备在可能存在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)小区的中心频点上接收基站周期性发送的PSS,以接收信号强度来判断这个频点周围是否可能存在小区。如果终端设备保存了上次关机时的频点和运营商信息,则开机后会先在上次驻留的小区上尝试;如果没有,就要在划分给LTE系统或NR系统的频带范围做全频段扫描,发现信号较强的频点去尝试。然后,终端设备在这个中心频点周围接收PSS。PSS以5ms为周期重复,在子帧#0发送,并且是ZC(Zadoff-Chu)序列,具有很强的相关性,因此可以直接检测并接收到,据此可以得到小区组里的小区ID,同时确定5ms的时隙边界,同时通过检查这个信号就可以知道循环前缀的长度。由于PSS是5ms重复,因此在这一步终端设备还无法获得帧同步。终端设备在完成5ms时隙同步后,在PSS基础上向前搜索SSS,SSS由两个端随机序列组成,前后半帧的映射正好相反,因此只要接收到两个SSS就可以确定10ms的边界,达到了帧同步的目的。由于SSS信号携带了小区组ID,跟PSS结合就可以获得物理层ID(CELL ID),这样就可以进一步得到下行参考信号的结构信息。Terminal device detects PSS and SSS: The terminal device receives the PSS periodically sent by the base station at the central frequency point where a long-term evolution (LTE) cell may exist, and determines whether there may be a cell around this frequency point by receiving the signal strength. If the terminal device has saved the frequency point and operator information when it was last powered off, it will first try the cell where it was last stationed after it is powered on; if not, it will scan the entire frequency band in the frequency band range allocated to the LTE system or NR system to find a frequency point with a stronger signal to try. Then, the terminal device receives PSS around this central frequency point. PSS repeats with a period of 5ms, is sent in subframe #0, and is a ZC (Zadoff-Chu) sequence with a strong correlation, so it can be directly detected and received, and the cell ID in the cell group can be obtained based on this, and the 5ms time slot boundary can be determined. At the same time, the length of the cyclic prefix can be known by checking this signal. Since PSS is repeated for 5ms, the terminal device cannot obtain frame synchronization at this step. After completing the 5ms time slot synchronization, the terminal device searches for SSS forward based on PSS. SSS consists of two end random sequences, and the mapping of the front and back half frames is just opposite. Therefore, as long as two SSS are received, the 10ms boundary can be determined, achieving the purpose of frame synchronization. Since the SSS signal carries the cell group ID, it can be combined with the PSS to obtain the physical layer ID (CELL ID), so that the structural information of the downlink reference signal can be further obtained.
读取系统广播:为了能正常接入小区,终端设备在与小区取得时间和频率同步之后,还需要继续读取小区的系统信息。系统信息是由网络设备(例如基站)不断的重复广播的,这样无论终端设备什么时候开机,都能及时的获取到系统信息。LTE的系统信息被分为两大类:MIB消息和多个SIBs消息。网络设备,会先发送MIB消息,然后再发送一系列的SIB消息。MIB消息在物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel,PBCH)传输中传输。SIB消息在物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)中传输。MIB消息中承载的是最基本的信息,这些信息涉及到PDSCH的解码,终端设备只有先解码MIB,才能利 用MIB中的参数去继续解码PDSCH中的数据(包括解码SIB信息)。Reading system broadcast: In order to access the cell normally, the terminal device needs to continue to read the system information of the cell after achieving time and frequency synchronization with the cell. System information is continuously and repeatedly broadcast by network equipment (such as base stations), so that no matter when the terminal device is turned on, it can obtain system information in a timely manner. LTE system information is divided into two categories: MIB messages and multiple SIBs messages. The network device will first send the MIB message, and then send a series of SIB messages. MIB messages are transmitted in the physical broadcast channel (PBCH). SIB messages are transmitted in the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). The MIB message carries the most basic information, which involves the decoding of PDSCH. The terminal device can only use it after decoding the MIB. Use the parameters in the MIB to continue decoding the data in the PDSCH (including decoding the SIB information).
MIB:MIB中一般包含以下信息:小区带宽、系统帧号、物理混合自动重传指示信道(physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel,PHICH)信息、小区特定的天线端口数目。MIB: MIB generally contains the following information: cell bandwidth, system frame number, physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) information, and the number of cell-specific antenna ports.
SIB:终端设备要完成小区搜索,仅仅接收PBCH是不够的,因为PBCH只是携带了非常有限的系统信息,更多更详细的系统信息是由SIB携带的,因此此后还需要接收SIB,即终端设备接收承载在PDSCH上的广播控制信道(broadcast control channel,BCCH)信息。SIB: For the terminal device to complete the cell search, it is not enough to just receive PBCH, because PBCH only carries very limited system information. More and more detailed system information is carried by SIB. Therefore, it is necessary to receive SIB afterwards, that is, the terminal device receives the broadcast control channel (BCCH) information carried on PDSCH.
无源物联(Passive internet of things,Passive IoT):Passive IoT是一种支持免电池终端的蜂窝物联通信技术,面向相比窄带物联网(narrow band internet of things,NB-IoT)对终端成本和功耗更敏感的下一级物联市场。Passive IoT的终端功耗需要达成1uW量级至100uW量级。Passive IoT (Passive internet of things): Passive IoT is a cellular IoT communication technology that supports battery-free terminals. It is aimed at the next-level IoT market, which is more sensitive to terminal cost and power consumption than narrowband IoT (NB-IoT). The terminal power consumption of Passive IoT needs to reach 1uW to 100uW.
无源物联终端可分为三种类型:被动(passive)标签、半被动(semi-passive)标签以及主动(active)标签。三种类型终端的差别在于:Passive IoT terminals can be divided into three types: passive tags, semi-passive tags, and active tags. The differences between the three types of terminals are:
被动标签自身不产生载波信号,上行通过反射并调制外部载波的方式传输数据,反射信号功率取决于下行接收信号功率(可低至-30dBm),且反射信号不经过功率放大。被动标签功耗通常约1uW。Passive tags do not generate carrier signals themselves. They transmit data uplink by reflecting and modulating external carriers. The power of the reflected signal depends on the power of the downlink received signal (which can be as low as -30dBm), and the reflected signal is not amplified. The power consumption of passive tags is usually about 1uW.
半被动标签同样自身不产生载波信号,上行通过反射并调制外部载波的方式传输数据,但反射信号经过功率放大(例如,放大增益10dB~15dB),反射信号功率取决于下行接收信号功率(可低至-50dBm)和功率放大增益。被动标签功耗通常约100uW。Semi-passive tags also do not generate carrier signals themselves. They transmit data uplink by reflecting and modulating external carriers. However, the reflected signal is power amplified (for example, the amplification gain is 10dB to 15dB). The power of the reflected signal depends on the downlink received signal power (which can be as low as -50dBm) and the power amplification gain. The power consumption of passive tags is usually about 100uW.
主动标签自身可产生载波信号,上行可基于自身载波信号调制并传输数据,且上行信号发射功率不取决于下行接收信号功率,经过功率放大可达到较大功率(例如,-20dBm~-10dBm)。主动标签功耗通常达200~500uW。Active tags can generate carrier signals by themselves, and can modulate and transmit data uplink based on their own carrier signals. The uplink signal transmission power does not depend on the downlink received signal power, and can reach a higher power (for example, -20dBm to -10dBm) after power amplification. Active tags usually consume 200 to 500uW of power.
三种标签中,被动标签主要适用于短距通信,例如室内小站头端间距20~30米的较密集部署场景;半被动标签通信距离通常可达非视距(non-line-of-sight,NLOS)信道下100~200米,适用于中短距通信,例如室内小站以及室外(园区)杆站站间距200~300米的场景。Among the three types of tags, passive tags are mainly suitable for short-distance communication, such as the dense deployment scenario with a head-end spacing of 20 to 30 meters between indoor small stations; the communication distance of semi-passive tags can usually reach 100 to 200 meters under the non-line-of-sight (NLOS) channel, and is suitable for medium and short-distance communication, such as indoor small stations and outdoor (campus) pole stations with a spacing of 200 to 300 meters.
在低信噪比下,NB-IoT单个周期内的PSS和SSS无法满足信号检测漏检率和虚警率的要求,可对多个连续周期内的同步信号相关结果进行合并,然后再进行门限判决检测。例如,在-10dB信噪比下,可能需要合并16甚至更多个周期的同步信号相关结果,才能达成漏检率和虚警率要求。Under low signal-to-noise ratio, the PSS and SSS in a single cycle of NB-IoT cannot meet the requirements of signal detection missed detection rate and false alarm rate. The synchronization signal correlation results in multiple consecutive cycles can be combined before threshold judgment detection. For example, under -10dB signal-to-noise ratio, it may be necessary to combine the synchronization signal correlation results of 16 or more cycles to achieve the missed detection rate and false alarm rate requirements.
由于无源物联终端需满足100uW级功耗要求,其可承受的基带处理复杂度极低,其中缓存空间尤其受限,从而无法采用类似NB-IoT通过合并多周期信号提升检测性能的方法。因此,无源物联通信系统的同步信号需满足单次检测即达成较高要求的漏检率和虚警率。此外,无源物联终端的基带运算能力差,采样率及相关长度等信号检测和同步所需能力均受到较大限制,故性能相对NB-IoT有一定差距。综合上述,无源物联通信系统的PSS/SSS时长相比NB-IoT等系统中的同步信号时长预期会有较大的增加。Since passive IoT terminals need to meet 100uW power consumption requirements, the baseband processing complexity they can withstand is extremely low, and the cache space is particularly limited, so it is impossible to adopt methods similar to NB-IoT that combine multi-cycle signals to improve detection performance. Therefore, the synchronization signal of the passive IoT communication system must meet the requirements of a single detection, that is, to achieve a high missed detection rate and false alarm rate. In addition, the baseband computing power of passive IoT terminals is poor, and the capabilities required for signal detection and synchronization such as sampling rate and correlation length are greatly limited, so the performance is relatively different from NB-IoT. In summary, the PSS/SSS duration of the passive IoT communication system is expected to be significantly increased compared to the synchronization signal duration in systems such as NB-IoT.
随着无源物联通信系统的PSS/SSS时长的显著增加,其周期也不能维持和长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)、新无线(new radio,NR)以及NB-IoT一致或接近,同样需显著增加。考虑不同passive设备以及不同的覆盖等级,远覆盖等级下信令长度更长,passive设备相比于active设备(主动标签)信令更长,如固定同步信号周期,则会影响传输,不够灵活,故可能需要支持不同的同步信号周期。As the PSS/SSS duration of passive IoT communication systems increases significantly, their period cannot be kept consistent or close to that of long term evolution (LTE), new radio (NR) and NB-IoT, and also needs to be significantly increased. Considering different passive devices and different coverage levels, the signaling length is longer at far coverage levels, and the signaling of passive devices is longer than that of active devices (active tags). If the synchronization signal period is fixed, it will affect the transmission and is not flexible enough, so it may be necessary to support different synchronization signal periods.
同理,MIB信号长度相比于NB-IoT可能也有显著增加,从而导致每个同步周期内剩余用于数据传输的资源更少,故可能需要考虑MIB以更稀疏的方式发送以降低整体开销,同时提高空口资源利用率。因此,需要研究适用于无源物联通信系统的周期性发送MIB和SIB的技术方案。Similarly, the length of the MIB signal may also be significantly increased compared to NB-IoT, resulting in fewer resources remaining for data transmission in each synchronization cycle. Therefore, it may be necessary to consider sending the MIB in a more sparse manner to reduce overall overhead and improve air interface resource utilization. Therefore, it is necessary to study technical solutions for periodically sending MIB and SIB for passive IoT communication systems.
本申请提供了适用于无源物联通信系统的周期性发送MIB和SIB的技术方案,可以提高资源利用率。另外,本申请提供的技术方案还能适用于NB-IoT、5G、车到万物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信等。进一步的,本申请提供的技术方案还能提高终端设备接入小区的效率。The present application provides a technical solution for periodically sending MIB and SIB in a passive IoT communication system, which can improve resource utilization. In addition, the technical solution provided by the present application can also be applied to NB-IoT, 5G, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, etc. Furthermore, the technical solution provided by the present application can also improve the efficiency of terminal equipment accessing a cell.
下面介绍本申请提供的技术方案适用的通信系统。The following introduces a communication system to which the technical solution provided by this application is applicable.
本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)或新无线(new radio,NR)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统、无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)系统、卫星通信系统、未来的通信系统,如第六代(6th generation,6G)移动通信系统,或者多种系统的融合系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,车到万物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型 通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及物联网(internet of things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。本申请实施例提供的技术方案也适用于其他涉及网络设备(例如基站)周期性发送同步信号以及系统消息的通信系统。上述适用本申请实施例提供的技术方案的通信系统仅是举例说明,适用本申请提供的技术方案的通信系统不限于此,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。The technical solution provided in the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: fifth generation (5G) or new radio (NR) system, long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD) system, wireless local area network (WLAN) system, satellite communication system, future communication system, such as sixth generation (6G) mobile communication system, or a fusion system of multiple systems. The technical solution provided in the present application can also be applied to device to device (D2D) communication, vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, machine to machine (M2M) communication, machine type Communication (machine type communication, MTC), and Internet of Things (internet of things, IoT) communication system or other communication system. The technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to other communication systems involving network devices (such as base stations) that periodically send synchronization signals and system messages. The above-mentioned communication system applicable to the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is only an example, and the communication system applicable to the technical solution provided in the present application is not limited to this. It is uniformly described here and will not be repeated below.
通信系统中的第一设备可以向第二设备发送信号或从第三设备接收信号。其中信号可以包括信息、信令或者数据等。其中,设备也可以被替换为实体、网络实体、通信设备、通信模块、节点、通信节点等等,本公开中以网元为例进行描述。其中,第一设备可以为网络设备或终端设备,第二设备可以为网络设备或终端设备,第三设备可以为网络设备或终端设备。例如,通信系统可以包括至少一个终端设备和至少一个网络设备。网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行信号,和/或终端设备可以向网络设备发送上行信号。可以理解的是,本公开中的终端设备可以替换为第一设备,网络设备可以替换为第二设备,二者执行本公开中相应的通信方法。A first device in a communication system may send a signal to a second device or receive a signal from a third device. The signal may include information, signaling, or data, etc. The device may also be replaced by an entity, a network entity, a communication device, a communication module, a node, a communication node, etc., and the network element is used as an example for description in the present disclosure. The first device may be a network device or a terminal device, the second device may be a network device or a terminal device, and the third device may be a network device or a terminal device. For example, the communication system may include at least one terminal device and at least one network device. The network device may send a downlink signal to the terminal device, and/or the terminal device may send an uplink signal to the network device. It is understandable that the terminal device in the present disclosure may be replaced by the first device, and the network device may be replaced by the second device, and the two perform the corresponding communication method in the present disclosure.
图1是本申请实施例可以应用的通信系统的架构示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统中包括网络设备110、终端设备120以及终端设备130。本申请实施例可以应用的通信系统中包括一个或多个终端设备,以终端设备120和终端设备130作为该通信系统中的终端设备的举例。图1只是示意图,本申请实施例对该通信系统中包括的网络设备和终端设备的数量不做限定。终端设备120和终端设备130可以接入网络设备110,并和网络设备110进行通信。示例性的,图1所示的通信系统为无源物联通信系统的一个举例,终端设备120和终端设备130为被动(passive)标签、半被动(semi-passive)标签或主动(active)标签。FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system that can be applied in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG1 , the communication system includes a network device 110, a terminal device 120, and a terminal device 130. The communication system that can be applied in an embodiment of the present application includes one or more terminal devices, with terminal devices 120 and terminal devices 130 being examples of terminal devices in the communication system. FIG1 is only a schematic diagram, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of network devices and terminal devices included in the communication system. Terminal devices 120 and terminal devices 130 can access network device 110 and communicate with network device 110. Exemplarily, the communication system shown in FIG1 is an example of a passive IoT communication system, and terminal devices 120 and terminal devices 130 are passive tags, semi-passive tags, or active tags.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。In an embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
终端设备可以是一种提供语音/数据的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device can be a device that provides voice/data, for example, a handheld device with wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc. At present, some examples of terminals are: mobile phones, tablet computers, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (AR) devices, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart Wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminal devices in future evolved public land mobile networks (PLMN), etc., the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example but not limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices may also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are a general term for wearable devices that are intelligently designed and developed using wearable technology for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also powerful functions achieved through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly speaking, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, and fully or partially independent of smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as devices that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various types of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中或者和终端设备匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。在本申请实施例中仅以用于实现终端设备的功能的装置为终端设备为例进行说明,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the terminal device or used in combination with the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices. In the embodiment of the present application, only the device for realizing the function of the terminal device is used as an example for explanation, and the scheme of the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备也可以称为接入网设备或无线接入网设备,如网络设备可以是基站。本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是指将终端设备接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备)。基站可以广义的覆盖如下中的各种名称,或与如下名称进行替换,比如:RAN节点、节点B(NodeB)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB)、下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、中继站、接入点、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、主站、辅站、多制式无线(motor slide retainer,MSR)节点、家庭基站、网络控制器、接入节点、无线节点、接入点(access point,AP)、传输节点、收发节点、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)、射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)、有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)、射频 头(remote radio head,RRH)、中心单元(central unit,CU)、分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)、射电单元(radio unit,RU)、定位节点等。基站可以是宏基站、微基站、中继节点、施主节点或类似物,或其组合。基站还可以指用于设置于前述设备或装置内的通信模块、调制解调器或芯片。基站还可以是移动交换中心以及D2D、V2X、M2M通信中承担基站功能的设备、6G网络中的网络侧设备、未来的通信系统中承担基站功能的设备等。基站可以支持相同或不同接入技术的网络。可选的,RAN节点还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,车辆或车载设备等。例如,车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)技术中的接入网设备可以为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may also be referred to as an access network device or a wireless access network device, such as a base station. The network device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a radio access network (RAN) node (or device) that connects a terminal device to a wireless network. The base station may broadly cover the following various names, or be replaced with the following names, such as: RAN node, NodeB, evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, eNB), next generation NodeB (next generation NodeB, gNB), relay station, access point, transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), master station, auxiliary station, multi-standard wireless (motor slide retainer, MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (access point, AP), transmission node, transceiver node, baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU), active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), radio frequency Head (remote radio head, RRH), central unit (central unit, CU), distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), radio unit (radio unit, RU), positioning node, etc. The base station can be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node or the like, or a combination thereof. The base station can also refer to a communication module, a modem or a chip used to be set in the aforementioned device or apparatus. The base station can also be a mobile switching center and a device that performs the base station function in D2D, V2X, and M2M communications, a network side device in a 6G network, and a device that performs the base station function in future communication systems. The base station can support networks with the same or different access technologies. Optionally, the RAN node can also be a server, a wearable device, a vehicle or an on-board device, etc. For example, the access network device in the vehicle to everything (V2X) technology can be a road side unit (RSU). The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network equipment.
基站可以是固定的,也可以是移动的。例如,直升机或无人机可以被配置成充当移动基站,一个或多个小区可以根据该移动基站的位置移动。在其他示例中,直升机或无人机可以被配置成用作与另一基站通信的设备。Base stations can be fixed or mobile. For example, a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move based on the location of the mobile base station. In other examples, a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a device that communicates with another base station.
在一些部署中,本申请实施例所提及的网络设备可以为包括CU、或DU、或包括CU和DU的设备、或者控制面CU节点(中央单元控制面(central unit-control plane,CU-CP))和用户面CU节点(中央单元用户面(central unit-user plane,CU-UP))以及DU节点的设备。例如,网络设备可以包括gNB-CU-CP、gNB-CU-UP和gNB-DU。In some deployments, the network device mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a device including a CU, or a DU, or a device including a CU and a DU, or a device including a control plane CU node (central unit control plane (central unit-control plane, CU-CP)) and a user plane CU node (central unit user plane (central unit-user plane, CU-UP)) and a DU node. For example, the network device may include a gNB-CU-CP, a gNB-CU-UP, and a gNB-DU.
在一些部署中,由多个RAN节点协作协助终端实现无线接入,不同RAN节点分别实现基站的部分功能。例如,RAN节点可以是CU,DU,CU-CP,CU-UP,或者RU等。CU和DU可以是单独设置,或者也可以包括在同一个网元中,例如BBU中。RU可以包括在射频设备或者射频单元中,例如包括在RRU、AAU或RRH中。In some deployments, multiple RAN nodes collaborate to assist the terminal in achieving wireless access, and different RAN nodes implement part of the functions of the base station. For example, the RAN node can be a CU, DU, CU-CP, CU-UP, or RU. The CU and DU can be set separately, or can also be included in the same network element, such as a BBU. The RU can be included in a radio frequency device or a radio frequency unit, such as an RRU, AAU, or RRH.
本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统、硬件电路、软件模块、或硬件电路加软件模块。该装置可以被安装在网络设备中或者和网络设备匹配使用。在本申请实施例中仅以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置为网络设备为例进行说明,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device; or it may be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, a hardware circuit, a software module, or a hardware circuit plus a software module. The device may be installed in the network device or used in combination with the network device. In the embodiment of the present application, only the device for realizing the function of the network device is a network device as an example for explanation, and the scheme of the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例描述的网络架构是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定。本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。It should be noted that the network architecture described in the embodiment of the present application is to more clearly illustrate the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application. A person of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to similar technical problems.
在不同应用场景中,同步信号的长度(持续时间)通常不同。一般不同的覆盖等级,基站发送的同步信号的长度(持续时间)不同。例如,远覆盖场景中,单条信令可能就达到100ms量级,此时固定的同步信号的周期会影响传输效率,因此基站支持不同的同步信号的周期可以提高系统灵活性。另外,MIB的长度(持续时间)也是可变的,而不是固定不变的。也就是说,基站周期性发送的同步信号的长度和/或MIB的长度是变化的。本申请提供的一部分实施例的主要原理是基于基站周期性发送的同步信号的长度以及MIB的长度,调整同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以便提高资源利用率。本申请提供的另一部分实施例的主要原理是基于基站周期性发送的MIB的长度以及SIB的长度,调整MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值,以便提高资源利用率。In different application scenarios, the length (duration) of the synchronization signal is usually different. Generally, the length (duration) of the synchronization signal sent by the base station is different for different coverage levels. For example, in a far coverage scenario, a single signaling may reach the order of 100ms. At this time, the fixed period of the synchronization signal will affect the transmission efficiency. Therefore, the base station supports different periods of synchronization signals to improve system flexibility. In addition, the length (duration) of the MIB is also variable, rather than fixed. That is to say, the length of the synchronization signal periodically sent by the base station and/or the length of the MIB are variable. The main principle of some of the embodiments provided in this application is to adjust the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB based on the length of the synchronization signal periodically sent by the base station and the length of the MIB, so as to improve resource utilization. The main principle of another part of the embodiments provided in this application is to adjust the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB based on the length of the MIB periodically sent by the base station and the length of the SIB, so as to improve resource utilization.
下面先结合附图2介绍本申请提供的技术方案。图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法交互流程图。如图2所示,该方法包括:The following first introduces the technical solution provided by the present application in conjunction with Figure 2. Figure 2 is an interactive flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, the method includes:
201、网络设备生成同步信号和MIB。201. The network device generates a synchronization signal and a MIB.
202、网络设备周期性发送同步信号和MIB。202. The network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB.
相应的,终端设备接收网络设备周期性发送的同步信号和MIB。第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值不同于第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。第一时间段内和第二时间段是不同的时间段。例如,第二时间段的起始时间在第一时间段的结束时间之后。又例如,第二时间段的起始时间为第一时间段的结束时间。图3为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备周期性发送同步信号和MIB的示意图。如图3所示,时间段#1内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期为T,即同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为1;时间段#2内的同步信号的周期为T,MIB的周期为2T,即同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为1:2;时间段#3内的同步信号的周期为T,MIB的周期为3T,即同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为1:3。例如,图3所示的网络设备在时间段#1内周期性发送同步信号和MIB为网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送同步信号和MIB的一个举例,图3所示的网络设备在时间段#2内周期性发送同步信号和MIB为网络设备在第二时间段内周期性发送同步信号和MIB的一个举例。又例如,图3所示的网络设备在时间段#2内周期性发送同步信号和MIB为网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送同步信号和MIB的一个举例,图3所示的网络设备在时间段#3内周期性发送同步信号和MIB为网络设备在第二时间 段内周期性发送同步信号和MIB的一个举例。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device. The ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period. The first time period and the second time period are different time periods. For example, the start time of the second time period is after the end time of the first time period. For another example, the start time of the second time period is the end time of the first time period. Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, the period of the synchronization signal in time period #1 is T and the period of the MIB is T, that is, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is 1; the period of the synchronization signal in time period #2 is T, and the period of the MIB is 2T, that is, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is 1:2; the period of the synchronization signal in time period #3 is T, and the period of the MIB is 3T, that is, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is 1:3. For example, the network device shown in FIG3 periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB in time period #1, which is an example of the network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB in the first time period. The network device shown in FIG3 periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB in time period #2, which is an example of the network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB in the second time period. For another example, the network device shown in FIG3 periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB in time period #2, which is an example of the network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB in the first time period. The network device shown in FIG3 periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB in time period #3, which is an example of the network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB in the second time period. An example of periodically sending synchronization signals and MIB within a segment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,关联于上述第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间和一个MIB的持续时间;上述第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,关联于上述第二时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间和一个MIB的持续时间。本申请中,一个同步信号的持续时间为该同步信号包括的PSS和SSS的持续时间,即PSS+SSS的长度。示例性的,上述第一时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于k且小于等于(k+1),上述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与同步信号的周期的比值为(k+1),k为大于等于0的整数;上述第二时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于h且小于等于(h+1),上述第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为(h+1),h为大于等于0的整数。第一时间段和第二时间段仅为两个举例,任意时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于k且小于等于(k+1),该时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为(k+1)。在该实现方式中,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,关联于第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间和一个MIB的持续时间;提供了确定该第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值的方式。In a possible implementation, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is associated with the duration of a synchronization signal and a duration of a MIB in the first time period; the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the second time period to the period of the MIB is associated with the duration of a synchronization signal and a duration of a MIB in the second time period. In the present application, the duration of a synchronization signal is the duration of the PSS and SSS included in the synchronization signal, that is, the length of PSS+SSS. Exemplarily, the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), and the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the synchronization signal is (k+1), k is an integer greater than or equal to 0; the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the second time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than h and less than or equal to (h+1), and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the second time period to the period of the MIB is (h+1), h is an integer greater than or equal to 0. The first time period and the second time period are only two examples. The ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal in any time period is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the time period is (k+1). In this implementation, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is associated with the duration of a synchronization signal and the duration of a MIB in the first time period; a method for determining the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is provided.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备基于第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间和一个MIB的持续时间,确定第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;网络设备基于第二时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间和一个MIB的持续时间,确定第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。示例性的,网络设备在执行步骤202之前,执行如下操作:获取第一时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值;当第一时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于k且小于等于(k+1)时,确定在第一时间段内周期性发送同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为(k+1);获取第二时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值;当第二时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于h且小于等于(h+1)时,确定在第二时间段内周期性发送同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为(h+1)。示例性的,当网络设备待发送的同步信号的持续时间和/或MIB的同步信号的持续时间发生变化时,确定待发送的同步信号的持续时间和MIB的同步信号的持续时间的比值。In a possible implementation, the network device determines the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period based on the duration of a synchronization signal and the duration of a MIB in the first time period; the network device determines the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period based on the duration of a synchronization signal and the duration of the MIB in the second time period. Exemplarily, before executing step 202, the network device performs the following operations: obtaining the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal in the first time period; when the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal in the first time period is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), determining that the ratio of the period of periodically sending the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is (k+1); obtaining the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal in the second time period; when the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal in the second time period is greater than h and less than or equal to (h+1), determining that the ratio of the period of periodically sending the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period is (h+1). Exemplarily, when the duration of the synchronization signal to be sent by the network device and/or the duration of the synchronization signal of the MIB changes, the ratio of the duration of the synchronization signal to be sent to the duration of the synchronization signal of the MIB is determined.
图4为本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备周期性发送同步信号和MIB的示意图。如图4所示,当MIB长度(即MIB的长度)与PSS+SSS长度(即PSS+SSS的长度)相同(即MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值等于1)时,二者比例相同,即同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为(k+1),k=0;当MIB长度与PSS+SSS长度的1倍到2倍(即MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于k且小于等于(k+1))时,k为1,即同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为(k+1),即2;当MIB长度与PSS+SSS长度的2倍到3倍(即MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于k且小于等于(k+1))时,k为2,即同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为(k+1),即3。Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of another network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and MIB provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 4, when the MIB length (i.e., the length of the MIB) is the same as the PSS+SSS length (i.e., the length of the PSS+SSS) (i.e., the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal is equal to 1), the two have the same ratio, i.e., the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is (k+1), k=0; when the MIB length is 1 to 2 times the length of the PSS+SSS (i.e., the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1)), k is 1, i.e., the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is (k+1), i.e., 2; when the MIB length is 2 to 3 times the length of the PSS+SSS (i.e., the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1)), k is 2, i.e., the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is (k+1), i.e., 3.
需要说明,本申请提供的网络设备确定同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值的实现方式仅为举例,网络设备还可以通过其他实现方式确定同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,本申请不作限定。It should be noted that the implementation method provided in this application for the network device to determine the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is only an example. The network device can also determine the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB through other implementation methods, and this application is not limited to this.
203、终端设备解析接收到的同步信号和MIB。203. The terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
终端设备解析接收到的同步信号和MIB的方式可以与现有的解析同步信号和MIB的方式相同,这里不再详述。示例性的,终端设备在解析接收到的同步信号和MIB之后,进一步解析接收到的SIB,进而实现接入小区。The way in which the terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB may be the same as the existing way of parsing the synchronization signal and MIB, which will not be described in detail here. Exemplarily, after parsing the received synchronization signal and MIB, the terminal device further parses the received SIB to access the cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备通过盲检的方式确定同步信号的周期和MIB的周期。In a possible implementation, the terminal device determines the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB by blind detection.
本申请实施例中,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值不同于第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,表明同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值是可变的,而不是固定不变的。同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值是可变的相比于同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值固定不变;能够提高资源利用率。也就是说,同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值根据实际需求进行调整,可以提高资源利用率,即减少空口资源的浪费。In the embodiment of the present application, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, rather than fixed. The ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is variable, which is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization. In other words, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB is adjusted according to actual needs, which can improve resource utilization, that is, reduce the waste of air interface resources.
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图。图5中的方法流程是图2描述的方法的一种可能的实现方式。如图5所示,该方法包括:FIG5 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method flow in FIG5 is a possible implementation of the method described in FIG2. As shown in FIG5, the method includes:
501、网络设备生成同步信号和MIB。501. The network device generates a synchronization signal and a MIB.
步骤501可以参阅步骤201。Step 501 may refer to step 201 .
502、网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送同步信号和MIB。502. The network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB within a first time period.
相应的,终端设备在第一时间段内接收网络设备周期性发送的同步信号和MIB。步骤502可以参阅步骤202。第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为第一比值,例如第一比值为1:1、1:2、1:3、 2:3等。示例性的,上述第一时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于k且小于等于(k+1),上述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与同步信号的周期的比值为(k+1)。Accordingly, the terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device in the first time period. Step 502 may refer to step 202. The ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is a first ratio, for example, the first ratio is 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 2:3, etc. Exemplarily, the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than k and less than or equal to (k+1), and the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the synchronization signal is (k+1).
503、终端设备解析接收到的同步信号和MIB。503. The terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
步骤503可以参阅步骤203。Step 503 may refer to step 203 .
504、网络设备获知第二时间段内待发送的同步信号的持续时间和/或MIB信号的持续时间发生变化。504. The network device learns that the duration of the synchronization signal to be sent and/or the duration of the MIB signal to be sent in the second time period has changed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,由于某些原因,网络设备将调整发送的同步信号的持续时间和/或MIB信号的持续时间,这些原因例如包括网络设备调整其覆盖等级。本申请不限定触发网络设备调整其待发送的同步信号的持续时间和/或MIB信号的持续时间的条件,以及网络设备获知其待发送的同步信号的持续时间和/或MIB信号的持续时间发生变化的方式。In a possible implementation, the network device will adjust the duration of the synchronization signal and/or the duration of the MIB signal to be sent due to some reasons, such as the network device adjusting its coverage level. The present application does not limit the conditions for triggering the network device to adjust the duration of the synchronization signal to be sent and/or the duration of the MIB signal, and the manner in which the network device learns that the duration of the synchronization signal to be sent and/or the duration of the MIB signal has changed.
505、网络设备基于第二时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值,在第二时间段内周期性发送同步信号和MIB。505. The network device periodically sends the synchronization signal and the MIB in the second time period based on the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the second time period to the duration of the synchronization signal.
相应的,终端设备在第二时间段内接收网络设备周期性发送的同步信号和MIB。第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为第二比值,第二比值与上述第一比值不同。例如第一比值为1:1,第二比值为1:2。又例如第一比值为1:1,第二比值为1:3。又例如第一比值为1:3,第二比值为2:3。示例性的,第二时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于h且小于等于(h+1),上述第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为(h+1),h为大于等于0的整数。步骤404的一个举例为:当第二时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值大于h且小于等于(h+1)时,在第二时间段内周期性发送同步信号和MIB,第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值为(h+1)。步骤503和步骤504可以表明,当网络设备待发送的同步信号的持续时间和/或MIB信号的持续时间发生变化时,网络设备可以基于第二时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值,调整同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的比值,以便提高资源利用率或提高终端设备的接入效率。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device in the second time period. The ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period is a second ratio, and the second ratio is different from the above-mentioned first ratio. For example, the first ratio is 1:1, and the second ratio is 1:2. For another example, the first ratio is 1:1, and the second ratio is 1:3. For another example, the first ratio is 1:3, and the second ratio is 2:3. Exemplarily, the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the second time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than h and less than or equal to (h+1), and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the above-mentioned second time period to the period of the MIB is (h+1), and h is an integer greater than or equal to 0. An example of step 404 is: when the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the second time period to the duration of the synchronization signal is greater than h and less than or equal to (h+1), the synchronization signal and MIB are periodically sent in the second time period, and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the second time period to the period of the MIB is (h+1). Steps 503 and 504 may indicate that when the duration of the synchronization signal to be sent by the network device and/or the duration of the MIB signal changes, the network device may adjust the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB based on the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the second time period to the duration of the synchronization signal, so as to improve resource utilization or improve the access efficiency of the terminal device.
本申请实施例中,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值基于第一时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值确定,可以合理地确定第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以便提高资源利用率。In an embodiment of the present application, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB is determined based on the ratio of the duration of the MIB in the first time period to the duration of the synchronization signal. The ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB can be reasonably determined to improve resource utilization.
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图。图6中的方法流程是图2描述的方法的一种可能的实现方式。如图6所示,该方法包括:FIG6 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method flow in FIG6 is a possible implementation of the method described in FIG2. As shown in FIG6, the method includes:
601、网络设备发送控制信息。601. The network device sends control information.
相应的,终端设备接收控制信息。控制信息用于指示如下任一项:第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;第一同步信号与上述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔,上述第一同步信号为上述第一时间段内与上述控制信息间隔时间最短的同步信号。第一MIB为在第一同步信号之后的所有MIB中且与第一同步信号间隔最短的MIB。示例性的,控制信息用于指示第一同步信号与第一MIB的间隔为0,即用于指示第一同步信号与第一MIB之间无间隔;或者,控制信息用于指示第一同步信号与第一MIB的间隔为1;或者,控制信息用于指示第一同步信号与第一MIB的间隔为2。下图7C中,k可以表示第一同步信号与第一MIB的间隔。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives control information. The control information is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB in the first time period; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the above-mentioned first synchronization signal, and the above-mentioned first synchronization signal is the synchronization signal with the shortest interval with the above-mentioned control information in the above-mentioned first time period. The first MIB is the MIB with the shortest interval with the first synchronization signal among all MIBs after the first synchronization signal. Exemplarily, the control information is used to indicate that the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB is 0, that is, it is used to indicate that there is no interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB; or, the control information is used to indicate that the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB is 1; or, the control information is used to indicate that the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB is 2. In Figure 7C below, k can represent the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB.
602、终端设备基于控制信息,得到第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。602. The terminal device obtains a ratio of a period of a synchronization signal within a first time period to a period of the MIB based on the control information.
603、网络设备生成同步信号和MIB。603. The network device generates a synchronization signal and a MIB.
步骤603可以参阅步骤201。Step 603 may refer to step 201 .
604、网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送同步信号和MIB。604. The network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB within a first time period.
步骤604可以参阅步骤202。Step 604 may refer to step 202 .
605、终端设备解析接收到的同步信号和MIB。605. The terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
步骤605可以参阅步骤203。Step 605 may refer to step 203 .
本申请实施例中,控制信息用于指示周期比值信息,终端设备基于该控制信息可以获知第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。In an embodiment of the present application, the control information is used to indicate period ratio information, and the terminal device can obtain the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB based on the control information.
图6介绍了终端设备基于网络设备发送的控制信息获知同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值的方式。下面结合图7A、图7B、图7C、图8A、图8B、图8C介绍终端设备基于接收的同步信号获知同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值的方式。Figure 6 introduces a method for a terminal device to learn the ratio of the period of a synchronization signal to the period of a MIB based on control information sent by a network device. The following describes a method for a terminal device to learn the ratio of the period of a synchronization signal to the period of a MIB based on a received synchronization signal in conjunction with Figures 7A, 7B, 7C, 8A, 8B, and 8C.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一时间段内的第一同步信号用于指示如下任一项:上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;上述第一同步信号与上述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔,上述第一MIB在上述第一同步信号之后且与 上述第一同步信号的时间间隔最短。第一同步信号为第一时间段内的任一个同步信号。终端设备基于第一同步信息,得到周期比值信息。在该实现方式中,第一同步信号用于指示周期比值信息;不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In a possible implementation, the first synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate any of the following: a ratio of a period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to a period of the MIB; a period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and a period of the MIB; an interval between the first synchronization signal and a first MIB after the first synchronization signal, a period of the first MIB after the first synchronization signal and The time interval of the first synchronization signal is the shortest. The first synchronization signal is any synchronization signal within the first time period. The terminal device obtains the period ratio information based on the first synchronization information. In this implementation, the first synchronization signal is used to indicate the period ratio information; no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
第一同步信号用于指示周期比值信息可能的实现方式如下:第一同步信号包括SSS,该SSS的频域分量和/或时域分量用于指示如下任一项:上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;上述第一同步信号与上述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔。本申请中,同步信号的周期用T1表示,MIB的周期用T2表示,SIB的周期用T3表示。T1/T2(或者T1:T2)表示同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。T2/T3(或者T2:T3)表示MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。T1/T2/T3(或者T1:T2:T3)表示同步信号的周期:MIB的周期:SIB的周期。终端设备可以基于第一同步信号包括的SSS的频域分量和/或时域分量,得到周期比值信息。The first synchronization signal is used to indicate the possible implementation of the period ratio information as follows: the first synchronization signal includes SSS, and the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the above-mentioned first time period; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB in the above-mentioned first time period; the interval between the above-mentioned first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the above-mentioned first synchronization signal. In the present application, the period of the synchronization signal is represented by T1, the period of the MIB is represented by T2, and the period of the SIB is represented by T3. T1/T2 (or T1:T2) represents the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB. T2/T3 (or T2:T3) represents the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB. T1/T2/T3 (or T1:T2:T3) represents the period of the synchronization signal: the period of the MIB: the period of the SIB. The terminal device can obtain the period ratio information based on the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS included in the first synchronization signal.
示例性的,SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示如下任一项:上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;上述第一同步信号与上述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔。在该示例中,终端设备可以基于SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔,得到周期比值信息。Exemplarily, the number and/or interval of the frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the period of the MIB; the interval between the first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the first synchronization signal. In this example, the terminal device can obtain the period ratio information based on the number and/or interval of the frequency points used by the SSS.
图7A为本申请实施例提供的SSS使用的频点的个数和间隔用于指示同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的一个举例。图7A中,T1用取值K1指示,T2用取值K2指示,k1配置集合为{1.2.3},k1为1,2,3中的任一个,k2配置集合为{1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.},即k2为1至9中的任一个;SSS使用单一频点表示(或者说指示)k1=1,k2=1,即T1和T2均为T;SSS使用间隔为10khz的两个频点,表示k1=1,k2=2,即T1为T,T2为2T;SSS使用间隔为10khz以及20khz的三个频点,表示k1=1,k2=3,即T1为T,T2为3T。图7B为本申请实施例提供的SSS使用的频点的个数和间隔用于指示的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值的另一个举例。如图7B所示,SSS使用单一频点表示(或者说指示)T1/T2=1:1,SSS使用间隔为10khz的两个频点,表示T1/T2=1:2,SSS使用间隔为10khz以及20khz的三个频点,表示T1/T2=1:3。图7C为本申请实施例提供的SSS使用的频点的个数和间隔用于指示同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的一个举例。如图7C所示,k表示同步信号(例如第一同步信号)与其之后的MIB(与该同步信号的间隔最短,例如第一MIB)的间隔,k配置集合为{0.1.2},即k的取值为0,1,2中的任一个,T1用取值k1指示,T2用取值k2指示;SSS使用单一频点表示k=0,SSS使用两个频点表示k=1,SSS使用三个频点表示k=2;若同步信号包括的SSS使用单一频点,则该同步信号与其之后的MIB(与该同步信号的间隔最短)的间隔为0,即k=0;若同步信号包括的SSS使用两个频点,则该同步信号与其之后的MIB(与该同步信号的间隔最短)的间隔为1,即k=1;若同步信号包括的SSS使用三个频点,则该同步信号与其之后的MIB(与该同步信号的间隔最短)的间隔为2,即k=2。应理解,图7A、图7B、图7C仅为SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示周期比值信息的部分举例,而不是全部举例。SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。FIG7A is an example of the number and interval of the frequency points used by the SSS provided in the embodiment of the present application to indicate the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB. In FIG7A, T1 is indicated by the value K1, T2 is indicated by the value K2, the k1 configuration set is {1.2.3}, k1 is any one of 1, 2, 3, and the k2 configuration set is {1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.}, that is, k2 is any one of 1 to 9; SSS uses a single frequency point to represent (or indicate) k1=1, k2=1, that is, T1 and T2 are both T; SSS uses two frequency points with an interval of 10khz, indicating k1=1, k2=2, that is, T1 is T, T2 is 2T; SSS uses three frequency points with an interval of 10khz and 20khz, indicating k1=1, k2=3, that is, T1 is T, T2 is 3T. FIG7B is another example of the number and interval of frequencies used by the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application to indicate the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB. As shown in FIG7B , the SSS uses a single frequency to indicate (or indicate) T1/T2=1:1, the SSS uses two frequencies with an interval of 10khz to indicate T1/T2=1:2, and the SSS uses three frequencies with an interval of 10khz and 20khz to indicate T1/T2=1:3. FIG7C is an example of the number and interval of frequencies used by the SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application to indicate the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB. As shown in Figure 7C, k represents the interval between a synchronization signal (e.g., the first synchronization signal) and the subsequent MIB (the shortest interval with the synchronization signal, e.g., the first MIB), and the k configuration set is {0.1.2}, that is, the value of k is any one of 0, 1, and 2, T1 is indicated by the value k1, and T2 is indicated by the value k2; SSS uses a single frequency point to indicate k=0, SSS uses two frequencies to indicate k=1, and SSS uses three frequencies to indicate k=2; if the SSS included in the synchronization signal uses a single frequency point, then the interval between the synchronization signal and the subsequent MIB (the shortest interval with the synchronization signal) is 0, that is, k=0; if the SSS included in the synchronization signal uses two frequencies, then the interval between the synchronization signal and the subsequent MIB (the shortest interval with the synchronization signal) is 1, that is, k=1; if the SSS included in the synchronization signal uses three frequencies, then the interval between the synchronization signal and the subsequent MIB (the shortest interval with the synchronization signal) is 2, that is, k=2. It should be understood that FIG. 7A, FIG. 7B, and FIG. 7C are only partial examples of the number and/or interval of the frequency points used by the SSS for indicating the period ratio information, rather than all examples. The number and/or interval of the frequency points used by the SSS for indicating the period ratio information does not need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
示例性的,上述SSS的时域的持续时间或时间空缺用于指示如下任一项:上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值;上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期以及MIB的周期;上述第一同步信号与上述第一同步信号之后的第一MIB的间隔。在该示例中,终端设备可以基于SSS的时域的持续时间或时间空缺,得到周期比值信息。SSS的时域的持续时间是指SSS的持续时长。一个SSS的时域的时间空缺是指该SSS在时域上空缺的时长。Exemplarily, the duration or time gap in the time domain of the above-mentioned SSS is used to indicate any of the following items: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the above-mentioned first time period to the period of the MIB; the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB in the above-mentioned first time period; the interval between the above-mentioned first synchronization signal and the first MIB after the above-mentioned first synchronization signal. In this example, the terminal device can obtain the period ratio information based on the duration or time gap in the time domain of the SSS. The duration of the time domain of the SSS refers to the duration of the SSS. The time gap in the time domain of an SSS refers to the duration of the SSS being vacant in the time domain.
图8A为本申请实施例提供的SSS的时域的持续时间用于指示同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的一个举例。如图8A所示,SSS的时域的持续时间为0.5ms用于指示T1为T,T2为T;SSS的时域的持续时间为1ms用于指示T1为T,T2为2T;SSS的时域的持续时间为2ms用于指示T1为T,T2为3T。图8B为本申请实施例提供的SSS的时域的时间空缺用于指示同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的一个举例。如图8B所示,SSS的时域的时间空缺指示T1和T2,SSS的时域无时间空缺表示当前同步信号后面有MIB(即有相邻的MIB),SSS的时域有时间空缺(例如2个OFDM符号长度的时间空缺)表示当前同步信号后面没有相邻的MIB。图8B分别示出了T1为T,T2为T的举例,T1为T,T2为2T的举例,以及T1为T,T2为3T的举例。图8C为本申请实施例提供的SSS的时域的时间空缺用于指示同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的一个举例。如图8C所示,SSS的时域的时间空缺指示T1:T2,SSS的时域无空缺(即时间空缺为0个OFDM符号)表示T1:T2为1:1,SSS的时域空缺为2个OFDM符号(即时间空缺为2个OFDM符号)表示T1:T2为1:2,SSS的时域空缺为4个OFDM符号(即时间空缺为4个OFDM符号)表示T1:T2为1:3。SSS的时域的持续时间或时间空缺用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比 值信息,可以节省信令开销。FIG8A is an example of the duration of the time domain of SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application being used to indicate the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB. As shown in FIG8A , the duration of the time domain of SSS is 0.5 ms, which is used to indicate that T1 is T and T2 is T; the duration of the time domain of SSS is 1 ms, which is used to indicate that T1 is T and T2 is 2T; the duration of the time domain of SSS is 2 ms, which is used to indicate that T1 is T and T2 is 3T. FIG8B is an example of the time gaps in the time domain of SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application being used to indicate the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB. As shown in FIG8B , the time gaps in the time domain of SSS indicate T1 and T2, and the absence of time gaps in the time domain of SSS indicates that there is a MIB behind the current synchronization signal (i.e., there is an adjacent MIB), and the presence of time gaps in the time domain of SSS (e.g., a time gap of 2 OFDM symbols in length) indicates that there is no adjacent MIB behind the current synchronization signal. FIG8B shows examples where T1 is T and T2 is T, an example where T1 is T and T2 is 2T, and an example where T1 is T and T2 is 3T. FIG8C is an example where the time gaps in the time domain of SSS provided in an embodiment of the present application are used to indicate the period of the synchronization signal and the period of the MIB. As shown in FIG8C , the time gaps in the time domain of SSS indicate T1:T2, and there is no gap in the time domain of SSS (i.e., the time gap is 0 OFDM symbols), indicating that T1:T2 is 1:1, the time domain gap of SSS is 2 OFDM symbols (i.e., the time gap is 2 OFDM symbols), indicating that T1:T2 is 1:2, and the time domain gap of SSS is 4 OFDM symbols (i.e., the time gap is 4 OFDM symbols), indicating that T1:T2 is 1:3. The duration or time gap in the time domain of SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio. value information, which can save signaling overhead.
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图。图9中的方法流程是图2描述的方法的一种可能的实现方式。如图9所示,该方法包括:FIG9 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method flow in FIG9 is a possible implementation of the method described in FIG2. As shown in FIG9, the method includes:
901、网络设备生成同步信号和MIB。901. The network device generates a synchronization signal and MIB.
步骤901可以参阅步骤201。Step 901 may refer to step 201 .
902、网络设备在待发送的信号满足第一条件的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和MIB,其中,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送的MIB包括由第一MIB分块得到的多个子MIB。902. When a signal to be sent meets a first condition, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB, wherein the MIB periodically sent by the network device in a first time period includes a plurality of sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks.
相应的,终端设备接收网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送的同步信号和MIB。第一条件可以包括:网络设备待发送的同步信号的周期小于第一阈值,或者,网络设备待发送的MIB的持续时间大于第二阈值,或者,网络设备待发送的MIB的周期与同步信号的周期的比值大于第三阈值。上述第一阈值小于等于5ms。例如,第一阈值为5ms、4.5ms、4ms等。上述第二阈值大于等于320ms。例如,第二阈值为320ms、380ms、400ms等。第三阈值大于等于6。例如,第三阈值为8、9、10等。本申请中,第一阈值、第二阈值、第三阈值可以根据实际需求进行设置,本申请不作限定。步骤902的一种举例为:网络设备在其待发送的同步信号的周期小于第一阈值的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和MIB。步骤902的另一种举例为:网络设备在其待发送的MIB的持续时间大于第二阈值的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和MIB。步骤902的另一种举例为:网络设备在其待发送的MIB的周期与同步信号的周期的比值大于第三阈值的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和MIB。网络设备在发送同步信号和MIB之前,可以先判断(或者说确定)待发送的信号是否满足第一条件;若满足,则执行步骤902;若不满足,执行步骤904。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device within the first time period. The first condition may include: the period of the synchronization signal to be sent by the network device is less than the first threshold, or the duration of the MIB to be sent by the network device is greater than the second threshold, or the ratio of the period of the MIB to be sent by the network device to the period of the synchronization signal is greater than the third threshold. The above-mentioned first threshold is less than or equal to 5ms. For example, the first threshold is 5ms, 4.5ms, 4ms, etc. The above-mentioned second threshold is greater than or equal to 320ms. For example, the second threshold is 320ms, 380ms, 400ms, etc. The third threshold is greater than or equal to 6. For example, the third threshold is 8, 9, 10, etc. In this application, the first threshold, the second threshold, and the third threshold can be set according to actual needs, and this application is not limited. An example of step 902 is: the network device periodically sends the synchronization signal and MIB when the period of the synchronization signal to be sent is less than the first threshold. Another example of step 902 is: the network device periodically sends the synchronization signal and MIB when the duration of the MIB to be sent is greater than the second threshold. Another example of step 902 is: when the ratio of the period of the MIB to be sent to the period of the synchronization signal is greater than the third threshold, the network device periodically sends the synchronization signal and the MIB. Before sending the synchronization signal and the MIB, the network device can first determine (or determine) whether the signal to be sent meets the first condition; if so, execute step 902; if not, execute step 904.
当网络设备待发送的同步信号的周期小于第一阈值时,同步信号占据的时域资源(比如2ms)相比于同步信号的周期较短,中间允许插入的MIB的长度受限,通过对MIB进行分块发送,从而提高资源利用率。当网络设备待发送的MIB的持续时间大于第二阈值时,MIB本身的持续时间可能都比较长,所以分块发送,避免终端设备长时间得等待MIB信号,可以提高终端设备的接入效率。当网络设备待发送的MIB的周期与同步信号的周期的比值大于第三阈值时,MIB出现的频次太低,通过分块的方式发送MIB,可以提高传输效率,这样终端设备不需要等很久才能接收到MIB。When the period of the synchronization signal to be sent by the network device is less than the first threshold, the time domain resources occupied by the synchronization signal (for example, 2ms) are shorter than the period of the synchronization signal, and the length of the MIB allowed to be inserted in the middle is limited. By sending the MIB in blocks, resource utilization is improved. When the duration of the MIB to be sent by the network device is greater than the second threshold, the duration of the MIB itself may be relatively long, so sending it in blocks can avoid the terminal device from waiting for the MIB signal for a long time, which can improve the access efficiency of the terminal device. When the ratio of the period of the MIB to be sent by the network device to the period of the synchronization signal is greater than the third threshold, the frequency of the MIB appearing is too low. Sending the MIB in blocks can improve the transmission efficiency, so that the terminal device does not need to wait for a long time to receive the MIB.
上述多个子MIB的发送时间不同。多个子MIB中的至少两个不同。终端设备可以将其在第一时间段内接收的多个子MIB进行合并,得到一个MIB。第一时间段的起始时间可以为网络设备的待发送的信号满足第一条件之后的一个时刻。第一时间段的起始时间的结束时间可以为网络设备的待发送的信号不满足第一条件之后的一个时刻。图10为本申请实施例提供一种网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送同步信号和MIB的举例。如图10所示,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送的MIB包括由第一MIB分块得到的多个子MIB,即MIB(B1)、MIB(B2)、MIB(B3),MIB的周期为两个子MIB的起始时间之间的间隔,即20ms。终端设备合并MIB(B1)、MIB(B2)、MIB(B3),可以得到第一MIB。The sending time of the above-mentioned multiple sub-MIBs is different. At least two of the multiple sub-MIBs are different. The terminal device can merge the multiple sub-MIBs received in the first time period to obtain a MIB. The start time of the first time period can be a moment after the signal to be sent by the network device meets the first condition. The end time of the start time of the first time period can be a moment after the signal to be sent by the network device does not meet the first condition. Figure 10 provides an example of a network device periodically sending a synchronization signal and a MIB in the first time period in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the MIB periodically sent by the network device in the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks, namely MIB (B1), MIB (B2), and MIB (B3), and the period of the MIB is the interval between the start times of the two sub-MIBs, namely 20ms. The terminal device merges MIB (B1), MIB (B2), and MIB (B3) to obtain the first MIB.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述多个子MIB中的至少两个子MIB使用的扰码不同,或者,上述多个子MIB中的至少两个子MIB(可以称为MIB块)的CRC使用的加扰不同。示例性的,网络设备可以用子MIB所在物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel,PBCH)的部分系统帧号(system frame number,SFN)或者在传输时间间隔(transmission time interval,TTI)内的顺序对CRC加扰。示例性的,网络设备通过调度信息发送扰码的种子。在该实现方式中,对子MIB加扰的好处是,减小邻小区的干扰,只有本小区内的终端设备才能根据本小区的身份标识(Identity,ID)形成的小区专用扰码序列对接收到得本小区内的信息进行解扰。其次,不同的MIB块使用不同的扰码,扰码初始化种子可以为小区全部ID或者部分ID,当MIB的不同块(即子MIB)使用不同的扰码,那么进一步只有当前MIB块才能根据当前块的扰码形成的专用扰码序列对接收到的MIB块进行解扰,可以防止终端设备错误得判断当前分块在原始MIB中的顺序。In a possible implementation, at least two of the above-mentioned multiple sub-MIBs use different scrambling codes, or at least two of the above-mentioned multiple sub-MIBs (which can be called MIB blocks) use different scrambling codes for CRC. Exemplarily, the network device can scramble the CRC with a partial system frame number (SFN) of the physical broadcast channel (PBCH) where the sub-MIB is located or the sequence within the transmission time interval (TTI). Exemplarily, the network device sends the scrambling code seed through scheduling information. In this implementation, the benefit of scrambling the sub-MIB is to reduce interference with neighboring cells, and only terminal devices in the cell can descramble the information received in the cell according to the cell-specific scrambling code sequence formed by the identity (ID) of the cell. Secondly, different MIB blocks use different scrambling codes, and the scrambling code initialization seed can be the entire cell ID or part of the cell ID. When different blocks of the MIB (i.e., sub-MIBs) use different scrambling codes, then only the current MIB block can descramble the received MIB block according to the dedicated scrambling code sequence formed by the scrambling code of the current block, which can prevent the terminal device from incorrectly judging the order of the current block in the original MIB.
903、终端设备解析接收到的同步信号和MIB。903. The terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
步骤903可以参阅步骤203。Step 903 may refer to step 203 .
904、网络设备在待发送的信号不满足第一条件的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和MIB,其中,网络设备在第二时间段内周期性发送的MIB为相同的MIB。904. When the signal to be sent does not meet the first condition, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB, wherein the MIB periodically sent by the network device in the second time period is the same MIB.
相应的,终端设备接收网络设备在第二时间段内周期性发送的同步信号和MIB。步骤904可以替换为:网络设备在待发送的信号不满足第一条件的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和MIB,其中,网络设备在第二时间段内周期性发送的MIB为独立(或者说完整)的MIB,而不是由一个MIB分块得到的子MB。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device in the second time period. Step 904 can be replaced by: the network device periodically sends the synchronization signal and MIB when the signal to be sent does not meet the first condition, wherein the MIB periodically sent by the network device in the second time period is an independent (or complete) MIB, rather than a sub-MB obtained by dividing a MIB into blocks.
905、终端设备解析接收到的同步信号和MIB。 905. The terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
步骤905可以参阅步骤203。Step 905 may refer to step 203 .
本申请实施例中,网络设备在待发送的信号满足第一条件的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和MIB,其中,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送的MIB包括由第一MIB分块得到的多个子MIB;可以提高资源利用率或者传输MIB的效率。In an embodiment of the present application, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB when the signal to be sent meets a first condition, wherein the MIB periodically sent by the network device within a first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks; resource utilization or efficiency of transmitting the MIB can be improved.
步骤902表明,在待发送的信号满足第一条件的情况下,网络设备周期性发送的MIB可以进行分块发送,一个MIB的分块数目与每个分块(即子MIB)的长度可以固定,也可以不固定。终端设备可以通过网络设备发送的控制信息或检测同步信号的周期T1,确定MIB的分块信息,进行解码。Step 902 indicates that, when the signal to be sent meets the first condition, the MIB periodically sent by the network device can be sent in blocks, and the number of blocks of a MIB and the length of each block (i.e., sub-MIB) can be fixed or not. The terminal device can determine the block information of the MIB through the control information sent by the network device or the period T1 of the detection synchronization signal, and perform decoding.
下面介绍MIB分块为多个子MIB的方式以及终端设备获知MIB的分块信息的实现方式。The following describes a method for dividing a MIB into multiple sub-MIBs and a method for a terminal device to obtain information about the MIB blocks.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述多个子MIB的持续时间相等,上述多个子MIB的持续时间基于上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、上述第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间得到。网络设备可以将一个MIB分块为多个持续时间相等的子MIB。示例性的,当将一个MIB分块为多个等长(即持续时间相等)的子MIB时,该MIB的分块个数(即该多个子MIB的个数)小于T2:T1,比如两个PSS/SSS对应一个MIB周期,那么最多分2块MIB;分块长度,即子MIB的持续时间小于(T1-一个同步信号的持续时间),即T1与一个同步信号的持续时间之差。例如,多个子MIB的持续时间等于T1与一个同步信号的持续时间之差的一半。在该实现方式中,多个子MIB的持续时间基于第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、第一时间段内的一个同步信号的持续时间得到;可以合理地确定子MIB的持续时间。In a possible implementation, the durations of the above-mentioned multiple sub-MIBs are equal, and the durations of the above-mentioned multiple sub-MIBs are obtained based on the period of the synchronization signal in the above-mentioned first time period and the duration of a synchronization signal in the above-mentioned first time period. The network device can block a MIB into multiple sub-MIBs of equal duration. Exemplarily, when a MIB is divided into multiple sub-MIBs of equal length (i.e., equal duration), the number of blocks of the MIB (i.e., the number of the multiple sub-MIBs) is less than T2:T1, for example, two PSS/SSS correspond to one MIB period, then at most 2 blocks of MIB are divided; the block length, i.e., the duration of the sub-MIB is less than (T1-the duration of a synchronization signal), i.e., the difference between T1 and the duration of a synchronization signal. For example, the duration of multiple sub-MIBs is equal to half the difference between T1 and the duration of a synchronization signal. In this implementation, the duration of multiple sub-MIBs is obtained based on the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period and the duration of a synchronization signal in the first time period; the duration of the sub-MIB can be reasonably determined.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述多个子MIB中的至少两个MIB的持续时间不同,上述多个子MIB中的子MIB的持续时间用于上述子MIB在上述多个子MIB中的排序的确定。网络设备可以将一个MIB分块为多个持续时间不同的子MIB,并且子MIB的持续时间用于上述子MIB在上述多个子MIB中的排序的确定。终端设备可以基于每个子MIB的持续时间,确定每个子MIB的排序。网络设备和终端设备可以约定由一个MIB分块得到的首个子MIB的持续时间、第二个子MIB的持续时间、…、最后一个子MIB的持续时间,这样终端设备基于每个子MIB的持续时间,确定每个子MIB的排序。例如,由一个MIB分块得到的多个子MIB的长度关系可以满足从前到后服从从小到大,或者从大到小。这样的好处时,可以通过识别接收到的子MIB的长度来识别到当前分块是第几块;具体的大小取值可以按照1:2:3:4:…,或者其他与子MIB的长度和符号长度相关的取值,比如当MIB具有15符号时,由该MIB分块得到的4个子MIB的长度从前到后依次为1:2:4:8。在该实现方式中,多个子MIB中的子MIB的持续时间用于子MIB在该多个子MIB中的排序的确定,不必发送控制信息来指示子MIB在该多个子MIB中的排序;可以节省信令开销。In a possible implementation, the durations of at least two of the multiple sub-MIBs are different, and the duration of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs. The network device may block a MIB into multiple sub-MIBs with different durations, and the duration of the sub-MIB is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs. The terminal device may determine the order of each sub-MIB based on the duration of each sub-MIB. The network device and the terminal device may agree on the duration of the first sub-MIB, the duration of the second sub-MIB, ..., the duration of the last sub-MIB obtained by a MIB block, so that the terminal device determines the order of each sub-MIB based on the duration of each sub-MIB. For example, the length relationship of multiple sub-MIBs obtained by a MIB block may satisfy the order from small to large from front to back, or from large to small. The benefit of this is that the length of the received sub-MIB can be used to identify which block the current block is; the specific size value can be 1:2:3:4:..., or other values related to the length of the sub-MIB and the symbol length. For example, when the MIB has 15 symbols, the lengths of the four sub-MIBs obtained from the MIB block are 1:2:4:8 from front to back. In this implementation, the duration of a sub-MIB in multiple sub-MIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the order of the sub-MIB in the multiple sub-MIBs; signaling overhead can be saved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述多个子MIB包括s个第一长度的子MIB以及s个第二长度的子MIB,s为大于1的整数。示例性的,网络设备将第一MIB分块为t个子MIB,上述t个子MIB包括s个第一长度的子MIB以及s个第二长度的子MIB,上述t为大于3的整数,上述s为大于1的整数。In a possible implementation, the multiple sub-MIBs include s sub-MIBs of the first length and s sub-MIBs of the second length, where s is an integer greater than 1. Exemplarily, the network device divides the first MIB into t sub-MIBs, where the t sub-MIBs include s sub-MIBs of the first length and s sub-MIBs of the second length, where t is an integer greater than 3, and s is an integer greater than 1.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一时间段内的第二同步信号用于指示上述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。第二同步信号为第一时间段内的任一个同步信号。终端设备可以基于第二同步信号,得到第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。示例性的,第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息可以包括:第一时间段内发送的子MIB的持续时间以及子MIB的数量。第一时间段内的第二同步信号用于指示上述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息的实现方式可以是:上述第二同步信号包括SSS,上述SSS的频域分量用于指示上述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。在该实现方式中,SSS的频域分量用于指示第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息,不必发送控制信息来指示分块信息;可以节省信令开销。In a possible implementation, the second synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period. The second synchronization signal is any synchronization signal in the first time period. The terminal device can obtain the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period based on the second synchronization signal. Exemplarily, the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period may include: the duration of the sub-MIB sent in the first time period and the number of sub-MIBs. The implementation method in which the second synchronization signal in the first time period is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period may be: the second synchronization signal includes SSS, and the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period. In this implementation, the frequency domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; signaling overhead can be saved.
示例性的,上述SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示上述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。上述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息可以为如下任一项:上述第一MIB分块为f个等长的子MIB;上述第一MIB分块为f个长度不同的子MIB;上述第一MIB分块为t个子MIB,上述t个子MIB包括s个第一长度的子MIB以及s个第二长度的子MIB,f为大于1的整数,上述t为大于3的整数,上述s为大于1的整数。例如,SSS使用单一频点时表示:将MIB等分为每个同步信号后均有一个MIB块;SSS使用两个间隔10k的频点时表示:MIB从小到大分成四块,其中第一块的长度可以和PSS或PSS+SSS的长度相同,最后一块的长度不超过T1-PSS-SSS,即T与一个同步信号的持续时间之差;SSS使用三个间隔为10k与20k的频点时表示:MIB分块为两大两小(分块个数的一半为大一半为小)共四个子MIB,其中小块的长度可以等于PSS或PSS+SSS长度,大块长度等于T1-PSS-SSS。图11为本申请实施例提供一种SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息的举例。如图11所示,原始周期比值,即同步信号的周期和未分块的MIB的周期的比值,T1:T2=1:4;SSS使用单一频点时表示: 将MIB等分为每个同步信号后均有一个MIB块,此时MIB等分为4块;SSS使用两个间隔10k的频点时表示:MIB从小到大分成四块,其中第一块的长度可以和PSS或PSS+SSS的长度相同,最后一块的长度不超过T1-PSS-SSS,即T与一个同步信号的持续时间之差;SSS使用三个间隔为10k与20k的频点时表示:MIB分块为两大两小(分块个数的一半为大一半为小)共四个子MIB,其中小块的长度可以等于PSS或PSS+SSS长度,大块长度等于T1-PSS-SSS。Exemplarily, the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period. The block information of the MIB sent in the first time period may be any of the following: the first MIB block is f sub-MIBs of equal length; the first MIB block is f sub-MIBs of different lengths; the first MIB block is t sub-MIBs, the t sub-MIBs include s sub-MIBs of the first length and s sub-MIBs of the second length, f is an integer greater than 1, t is an integer greater than 3, and s is an integer greater than 1. For example, when SSS uses a single frequency point, it means: MIB is divided into equal parts, and each synchronization signal has a MIB block; when SSS uses two frequency points with an interval of 10k, it means: MIB is divided into four blocks from small to large, where the length of the first block can be the same as the length of PSS or PSS+SSS, and the length of the last block does not exceed T1-PSS-SSS, that is, the difference between T and the duration of a synchronization signal; when SSS uses three frequency points with an interval of 10k and 20k, it means: MIB blocks are two large and two small (half of the number of blocks are large and half are small), a total of four sub-MIBs, where the length of the small block can be equal to the length of PSS or PSS+SSS, and the length of the large block is equal to T1-PSS-SSS. Figure 11 provides an example of the number of frequency points and/or intervals used by SSS in an embodiment of the present application to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period. As shown in FIG11 , the original period ratio, that is, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the unblocked MIB, is T1:T2=1:4; when SSS uses a single frequency point, it is represented as follows: After MIB is divided into equal parts, there is one MIB block for each synchronization signal. In this case, MIB is divided into four blocks. When SSS uses two frequency points with an interval of 10k, it means that MIB is divided into four blocks from small to large, where the length of the first block can be the same as the length of PSS or PSS+SSS, and the length of the last block does not exceed T1-PSS-SSS, that is, the difference between T and the duration of a synchronization signal. When SSS uses three frequency points with an interval of 10k and 20k, it means that MIB is divided into four sub-MIBs, two large and two small (half of the number of blocks are large and half are small), where the length of the small block can be equal to the length of PSS or PSS+SSS, and the length of the large block is equal to T1-PSS-SSS.
在该实现方式中,第二同步信号用于指示第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息,不必发送控制信息来指示分块信息;可以节省信令开销。In this implementation, the second synchronization signal is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the block information; thus, signaling overhead can be saved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,图9中的方法流程还包括:网络设备发送第一分块信息,上述第一分块信息用于指示上述第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息;终端设备基于该第一分块信息,可以获知第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。示例性的,第一分块信息承载于一个调度信息或者控制信息。在该实现方式中,终端设备基于该第一分块信息,可以获知第一时间段内发送的MIB的分块信息。In a possible implementation, the method flow in FIG9 further includes: the network device sends first block information, and the first block information is used to indicate the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period; based on the first block information, the terminal device can obtain the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period. Exemplarily, the first block information is carried in a scheduling information or control information. In this implementation, the terminal device can obtain the block information of the MIB sent in the first time period based on the first block information.
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图。图12中的方法流程是图2描述的方法的一种可能的实现方式。如图12所示,该方法包括:FIG12 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method flow in FIG12 is a possible implementation of the method described in FIG2. As shown in FIG12, the method includes:
1201、网络设备生成同步信号和MIB。1201. The network device generates a synchronization signal and a MIB.
步骤1201可以参阅步骤201。Step 1201 may refer to step 201 .
1202、网络设备在待发送的信号满足第一条件的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和MIB,其中,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的持续时间为第一持续时间。1202. When a signal to be sent meets a first condition, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB, wherein a duration of symbols in the MIB periodically and repeatedly sent by the network device within a first time period is a first duration.
相应的,终端设备接收网络设备周期性发送的同步信号和MIB。第一条件可以参阅图9的方法流程中关于第一条件的描述,这里不再赘述。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the synchronization signal and MIB periodically sent by the network device. The first condition can refer to the description of the first condition in the method flow of FIG9 , which will not be repeated here.
1203、终端设备解析接收到的同步信号和MIB。1203. The terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
步骤1203可以参阅步骤203。Step 1203 may refer to step 203 .
1204、网络设备在待发送的信号不满足第一条件的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和MIB,其中,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的持续时间为第二持续时间。1204. When the signal to be sent does not meet the first condition, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB, wherein the duration of the symbols in the MIB periodically and repeatedly sent by the network device within the first time period is a second duration.
示例性的,第一持续时间短于第二持续时间,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值小于第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。图12的方法流程与图9的方法流程相比,MIB不进行分块发送,而是进行重复发送。具体来说,减少单个MIB中每个符号的持续时间,增加MIB的重复次数,这样减少终端设备等待接收MIB的时长,提高终端设备的接入效率。Exemplarily, the first duration is shorter than the second duration, and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is less than the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period. Compared with the method flow of FIG9 , the method flow of FIG12 is not sent in blocks, but is sent repeatedly. Specifically, the duration of each symbol in a single MIB is reduced, and the number of repetitions of the MIB is increased, thereby reducing the time that the terminal device waits to receive the MIB and improving the access efficiency of the terminal device.
1205、终端设备解析接收到的同步信号和MIB。1205. The terminal device parses the received synchronization signal and MIB.
步骤1205可以参阅步骤203。Step 1205 may refer to step 203 .
图12的方法流程与图9的方法流程可以两个独立的流程,也可以相结合。图12的方法流程与图9的方法流程相结合的一个举例为:在满足第一条件的情况下,判断MIB是否满足分块传输的条件;若满足分块传输的条件,网络设备周期性发送同步信号和MIB,其中,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送的MIB包括由第一MIB分块得到的多个子MIB;若不满足分块传输的条件,网络设备周期性发送同步信号和MIB,其中,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的持续时间为第一持续时间。在MIB分块为多个等长的子MIB时,分块传输的条件的一个举例是:分块个数小于T2:T1,分块长度小于T1-同步信号长度。The method flow of Figure 12 and the method flow of Figure 9 can be two independent processes, or they can be combined. An example of combining the method flow of Figure 12 with the method flow of Figure 9 is: when the first condition is met, determine whether the MIB meets the condition for block transmission; if the condition for block transmission is met, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB, wherein the MIB periodically sent by the network device in the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by blocking the first MIB; if the condition for block transmission is not met, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and MIB, wherein the duration of the symbols in the MIB periodically repeatedly sent by the network device in the first time period is the first duration. When the MIB is blocked into multiple sub-MIBs of equal length, an example of the condition for block transmission is: the number of blocks is less than T2:T1, and the block length is less than T1-synchronization signal length.
本申请实施例中,网络设备在待发送的信号满足第一条件的情况下,增加MIB的重复次数,这样减少终端设备等待接收MIB的时长,能够提高终端设备的接入效率。In an embodiment of the present application, when the signal to be sent meets the first condition, the network device increases the number of repetitions of the MIB, thereby reducing the time the terminal device waits to receive the MIB and improving the access efficiency of the terminal device.
前述实施例描述了网络设备发送的同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的比值是可变的。下面描述网络设备发送的同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的比值,以及MIB的周期和SIB的周期的比值均是可变的实施例。The above embodiment describes that the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal sent by the network device to the period of the MIB is variable. The following describes an embodiment in which the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal sent by the network device to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB are both variable.
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图。如图13所示,该方法包括:FIG13 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG13 , the method includes:
1301、网络设备周期性发送同步信号、MIB以及SIB。1301. A network device periodically sends a synchronization signal, MIB, and SIB.
相应的,终端设备接收周期性发送的发送同步信号、MIB以及SIB。第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值不同于第二时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,和/或,第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值不同于第二时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。本申请实施例中,同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值以及MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值均是可变的。图14为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备周期性发送同步信号、MIB以及SIB的举例。如图14所示,第一时间段内T1:T2:T3为1:1:1,第一时间段内T1:T2:T3为1:1:2。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the periodically sent synchronization signal, MIB and SIB. The ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the second time period, and/or the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the first time period is different from the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the second time period. In an embodiment of the present application, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB are both variable. Figure 14 is an example of a network device periodically sending a synchronization signal, MIB and SIB provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, T1:T2:T3 in the first time period is 1:1:1, and T1:T2:T3 in the first time period is 1:1:2.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送的MIB包括由第一MIB分块得到的 多个子MIB。例如,网络设备在待发送的信号满足上述第一条件的情况下,周期性发送同步信号和MIB,其中,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送的MIB包括由第一MIB分块得到的多个子MIB,可以参阅图9中的相关描述。In a possible implementation, the MIB periodically sent by the network device in the first time period includes the MIB obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks. For example, when the signal to be sent meets the first condition, the network device periodically sends a synchronization signal and a MIB, wherein the MIB periodically sent by the network device in the first time period includes multiple sub-MIBs obtained by dividing the first MIB into blocks, and the relevant description can be referred to in FIG. 9 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性发送的SIB包括由第二SIB分块得到的多个子SIB。第二SIB为第一时间段内的任一个SIB。SIB的周期可以为两个子SIB的起始位置之间的间隔(或者说偏移)。示例性的,网络设备在待发送的信号满足第二条件的情况下,对SIB进行分块发送。第二条件可以为如下任一项:(T1-一个同步信号的持续时间)小于一个SIB的持续时间,即T1与一个同步信号的持续时间之差小于待发送的一个SIB的持续时间;(T1-一个同步信号的持续时间-一个MIB的持续时间)小于一个SIB的持续时间;待发送的一个SIB的持续时间大于第四案阈值,第四阈值可能的一个例子为640ms。网络设备也可以在待发送的信号满足其他条件时,对SIB进行分块发送,本申请不作限定。在该实现方式中,通过对SIB进行分块发送可以提高资源利用率或者传输SIB的效率。In a possible implementation, the SIB periodically sent by the network device in the first time period includes multiple sub-SIBs obtained by dividing the second SIB into blocks. The second SIB is any SIB in the first time period. The period of the SIB can be the interval (or offset) between the starting positions of the two sub-SIBs. Exemplarily, the network device sends the SIB in blocks when the signal to be sent meets the second condition. The second condition can be any of the following: (T1-the duration of a synchronization signal) is less than the duration of a SIB, that is, the difference between T1 and the duration of a synchronization signal is less than the duration of a SIB to be sent; (T1-the duration of a synchronization signal-the duration of a MIB) is less than the duration of a SIB; the duration of a SIB to be sent is greater than the fourth case threshold, and an example of the fourth threshold may be 640ms. The network device may also send the SIB in blocks when the signal to be sent meets other conditions, which is not limited in this application. In this implementation, the resource utilization or the efficiency of transmitting the SIB can be improved by sending the SIB in blocks.
网络设备对SIB进行分块发送时,发送的子SIB满足如下准则1、准则2、或准则3中的任一个。When the network device sends the SIB in blocks, the sent sub-SIBs meet any one of the following criteria 1, 2, or 3.
准则1:子SIB的持续时间小于(T1-同步信号的持续时间),分块个数(即子SIB的个数)等于后面无MIB的同步信号的个数。也就是说,SIB分块,即子SIB,只能在无MIB的同步信号后发送。Criterion 1: The duration of the sub-SIB is less than (T1-the duration of the synchronization signal), and the number of blocks (i.e., the number of sub-SIBs) is equal to the number of synchronization signals without MIBs. In other words, SIB blocks, i.e., sub-SIBs, can only be sent after synchronization signals without MIBs.
准则2:每个子SIB的持续时间小于(T1-同步信号的长度-MIB的长度),并且每个子SIB的持续时间大于同步信号的持续时间,此时SIB分块可以在每个同步信号后发送。Criterion 2: The duration of each sub-SIB is less than (T1-the length of the synchronization signal-the length of the MIB), and the duration of each sub-SIB is greater than the duration of the synchronization signal. In this case, the SIB block can be sent after each synchronization signal.
准则3:每个子SIB的持续时间小于(T1-同步信号的长度-MIB的长度),并且每个子SIB的持续时间小于同步信号的持续时间,并且每个子SIB的持续时间大于PSS信号的持续时间,此时SIB分块可以选择只在MIB后面添加SIB分块或者在每个同步信号后添加SIB分块。Criterion 3: The duration of each sub-SIB is less than (T1-the length of the synchronization signal-the length of the MIB), and the duration of each sub-SIB is less than the duration of the synchronization signal, and the duration of each sub-SIB is greater than the duration of the PSS signal. At this time, SIB blocks can choose to add SIB blocks only after MIB or add SIB blocks after each synchronization signal.
图15本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备对SIB进行分块发送的举例。图15示出了网络设备发送的子SIB满足准则1、准则2、准则3的示例。FIG15 is an example of a network device sending SIB in blocks provided by an embodiment of the present application. FIG15 shows an example in which a sub-SIB sent by a network device satisfies criteria 1, 2, and 3.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的第一持续时间短于网络设备在第二时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的第二持续时间。例如,网络设备在待发送的信号满足上述第一条件的情况下,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的第一持续时间短于网络设备在第二时间段内周期性重复发送的MIB中的符号的第二持续时间,可以参阅图9中的相关描述。In a possible implementation, a first duration of a symbol in the MIB that is periodically repeatedly sent by the network device in a first time period is shorter than a second duration of a symbol in the MIB that is periodically repeatedly sent by the network device in a second time period. For example, when a signal to be sent by the network device satisfies the above-mentioned first condition, the first duration of a symbol in the MIB that is periodically repeatedly sent by the network device in the first time period is shorter than a second duration of a symbol in the MIB that is periodically repeatedly sent by the network device in the second time period, and reference may be made to the relevant description in FIG. 9 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性重复发送的SIB中的符号的第三持续时间短于网络设备在第二时间段内周期性重复发送的SIB中的符号的第四持续时间。例如,网络设备在待发送的信号满足上述第一条件的情况下,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性重复发送的SIB中的符号的第三持续时间短于网络设备在第二时间段内周期性重复发送的SIB中的符号的第四持续时间。示例性的,网络设备在待发送的信号满足上述第一条件的情况下,网络设备在第一时间段内周期性重复发送的SIB满足上述准则1、准则2、或准则3中的任一个。也就是说,网络设备重复发送SIB的方式可以与分块发送SIB的方式类似。In a possible implementation, the third duration of the symbol in the SIB that the network device periodically repeatedly sends in the first time period is shorter than the fourth duration of the symbol in the SIB that the network device periodically repeatedly sends in the second time period. For example, when the signal to be sent by the network device satisfies the above-mentioned first condition, the third duration of the symbol in the SIB that the network device periodically repeatedly sends in the first time period is shorter than the fourth duration of the symbol in the SIB that the network device periodically repeatedly sends in the second time period. Exemplarily, when the signal to be sent by the network device satisfies the above-mentioned first condition, the SIB that the network device periodically repeatedly sends in the first time period satisfies any one of the above-mentioned criteria 1, criteria 2, or criteria 3. That is, the way in which the network device repeatedly sends the SIB may be similar to the way in which the SIB is sent in blocks.
1302、终端设备解析接收到的同步信号、MIB以及SIB。1302. The terminal device parses the received synchronization signal, MIB and SIB.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备通过盲检的方式确定同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。In a possible implementation, the terminal device determines the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB, and the period of the SIB by blind detection.
本申请实施例中,同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值和/或MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值是可变的。同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值和/或MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值是可变的相比于同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值以及MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值均固定不变;能够提高资源利用率。In the embodiment of the present application, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB and/or the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB is variable. The ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB and/or the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB is variable, compared with the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB, which are both fixed; it is possible to improve resource utilization.
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图。图16中的方法流程是图13描述的方法的一种可能的实现方式。如图16所示,该方法包括:FIG16 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method flow in FIG16 is a possible implementation of the method described in FIG13. As shown in FIG16, the method includes:
1601、网络设备发送第一控制信息。1601. The network device sends first control information.
相应的,终端设备接收第一控制信息。第一控制信息用于指示如下至少一项:上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及上述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。602、终端设备基于控制信息,得到第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值。示例性的,第一控制信息包括T1:T2:T3或者T1、T2、T3。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first control information. The first control information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the above-mentioned first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the above-mentioned first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB in the above-mentioned first time period. 602. The terminal device obtains the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period based on the control information. Exemplarily, the first control information includes T1:T2:T3 or T1, T2, T3.
1602、终端设备基于第一控制信息,得到同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。 1602. The terminal device obtains the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB based on the first control information.
1603、网络设备周期性发送同步信号、MIB以及SIB。1603. The network device periodically sends a synchronization signal, MIB, and SIB.
相应的,终端设备接收网络设备发送的同步信号、MIB以及SIB。步骤1602和步骤1603的先后顺序不作限定。步骤1603可以参阅步骤1301。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the synchronization signal, MIB and SIB sent by the network device. The order of step 1602 and step 1603 is not limited. Step 1603 can refer to step 1301.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值,关联于上述第一时间段内的一个MIB的持续时间和一个SIB的持续时间。示例性的,当上述第一时间段内的SIB的持续时间和MIB的持续时间的比值大于q且小于等于(q+1)时,上述第一时间段内的SIB的周期与MIB的周期的比值为(q+1),q为大于等于0的整数。在该实现方式中,第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值基于第一时间段内的MIB的持续时间和同步信号的持续时间的比值确定,可以合理地确定第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以便提高资源利用率。In a possible implementation, the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the first time period is associated with the duration of a MIB and the duration of a SIB in the first time period. Exemplarily, when the ratio of the duration of the SIB to the duration of the MIB in the first time period is greater than q and less than or equal to (q+1), the ratio of the period of the SIB to the period of the MIB in the first time period is (q+1), and q is an integer greater than or equal to 0. In this implementation, the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period is determined based on the ratio of the duration of the MIB to the duration of the synchronization signal in the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period can be reasonably determined to improve resource utilization.
1604、终端设备解析接收到的同步信号、MIB以及SIB。1604. The terminal device parses the received synchronization signal, MIB and SIB.
步骤1604可以参阅步骤1302。Step 1604 may refer to step 1302 .
本申请实施例中,第一控制信息用于指示周期比值信息,终端设备基于该控制信息可以获知同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。In an embodiment of the present application, the first control information is used to indicate period ratio information. Based on the control information, the terminal device can obtain the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB.
图16介绍了终端设备基于网络设备发送的控制信息获知同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值的方式。下面结合图17A和图17B介绍终端设备基于接收的同步信号获知T1:T2:T3的方式。Figure 16 introduces a method for a terminal device to learn the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB based on the control information sent by the network device. The following introduces a method for a terminal device to learn T1:T2:T3 based on the received synchronization signal in conjunction with Figures 17A and 17B.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一时间段内的第一同步信号包括SSS,上述SSS的频域分量和/或时域分量用于指示如下任一项:上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及上述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。在该实现方式中,SSS的频域分量和/或时域分量用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In a possible implementation, the first synchronization signal in the first time period includes SSS, and the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal in the first time period to the period of the MIB, and the ratio of the period of the MIB in the first time period to the period of the SIB; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB, and the period of the SIB in the first time period. In this implementation, the frequency domain component and/or time domain component of the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
更具体的,上述SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示如下任一项:上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期与MIB的周期的比值,以及上述第一时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;上述第一时间段内的同步信号的周期、MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。图17A为本申请实施例提供的一种SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示T1:T2:T3的一个举例。如图17A所示,SSS使用单一频点时表示:k1=1,k2=1,其中,k1表示当前同步信号后有没有MIB,k1的取值为1时,表示当前同步信号后有MIB,k1的取值为0时,表示当前同步信号后没有MIB,k2表示当前同步信号后有没有SIB,k2的取值为1时,表示当前同步信号后有SIB,k2的取值为1时,表示当前同步信号后有SIB;SSS使用两个频点(间隔10khz)时,表示k1=1,k2=0;SSS使用三个频点(间隔10khz和20khz)时,表示k1=0,k2=0;SSS使用三个频点(间隔10khz和40khz)时,表示k1=0,k2=1。图17A示出了通过SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔指示T1:T2:T3为1:1:2的示例、T1:T2:T3为1:2:3的示例以及T1:T2:T3为1:2:4的示例。当前同步信号后有MIB可以是网络设备在发送当前同步信号之后,下一次发送同步信号之前,发送MIB。当前同步信号后没有MIB可以是网络设备在发送当前同步信号之后,下一次发送同步信号之前,不发送MIB。More specifically, the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the synchronization signal to the period of the MIB in the first time period, and the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the first time period; the period of the synchronization signal, the period of the MIB, and the period of the SIB in the first time period. Figure 17A is an example of the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS used to indicate T1:T2:T3 provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 17A, when SSS uses a single frequency point, it indicates: k1=1, k2=1, where k1 indicates whether there is MIB after the current synchronization signal. When k1 is 1, it indicates that there is MIB after the current synchronization signal. When k1 is 0, it indicates that there is no MIB after the current synchronization signal. k2 indicates whether there is SIB after the current synchronization signal. When k2 is 1, it indicates that there is SIB after the current synchronization signal. When k2 is 1, it indicates that there is SIB after the current synchronization signal. When SSS uses two frequency points (interval of 10khz), it indicates k1=1, k2=0; when SSS uses three frequency points (interval of 10khz and 20khz), it indicates k1=0, k2=0; when SSS uses three frequency points (interval of 10khz and 40khz), it indicates k1=0, k2=1. FIG. 17A shows an example in which the number of frequency points and/or interval indications used by SSS are T1:T2:T3 is 1:1:2, an example in which T1:T2:T3 is 1:2:3, and an example in which T1:T2:T3 is 1:2:4. The MIB after the current synchronization signal may be that the network device sends the MIB after sending the current synchronization signal and before sending the synchronization signal next time. The MIB after the current synchronization signal may be that the network device does not send the MIB after sending the current synchronization signal and before sending the synchronization signal next time.
SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示T1:T2:T3的另一个举例为:k1表示T1与T2的比值,k1的取值范围是{1.5 2 3},k2表示T2与T3的比值,k2的取值范围为{1 1.5 2 2.5},SSS使用单一频点时表示:k1=1k2=1;SSS使用两个间隔为10khz的频点时表示:k1=1k2=1.5;SSS使用两个间隔为20khz时表示:k1=1k2=2;SSS使用两个间隔为30khz的频点时表示:k1=1k2=2.5;SSS使用两个间隔为40khz的频点时表示:k1=2k2=1;SSS使用三个频点(间隔10khz)时表示:k1=2k2=1.5;SSS使用三个频点(间隔20khz)时表示:k1=2k2=2;SSS使用三个频点(间隔10khz和20khz)时表示:k1=2k2=2.5;SSS使用三个频点(间隔10khz和30khz)时表示:k1=3k2=1;SSS使用四个频点(间隔10khz)时表示:k1=3k2=1.5;SSS使用四个频点(间隔20khz)时表示:k1=3k2=2;SSS使用四个频点间隔(10k和20k和30k)时表示:k1=3k2=2.5。图17B为本申请实施例提供的一种SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示T1:T2:T3的另一个举例。如图17A所示,SSS使用两个间隔为20khz时表示:k1=1k2=2;SSS使用三个频点(间隔10khz)时表示:k1=2k2=1.5;SSS使用三个频点(间隔20khz)时表示:k1=2k2=2。图17B示出了通过SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔指示T1:T2:T3为1:1:2的示例、T1:T2:T3为1:2:3的示例以及T1:T2:T3为1:2:4的示例。Another example of the number of frequencies and/or intervals used by SSS to indicate T1:T2:T3 is: k1 represents the ratio of T1 to T2, and the value range of k1 is {1.5 2 3}, k2 represents the ratio of T2 to T3, and the value range of k2 is {1 1.5 2 2.5}, when SSS uses a single frequency point, it means: k1=1k2=1; when SSS uses two frequencies with an interval of 10khz, it means: k1=1k2=1.5; when SSS uses two frequencies with an interval of 20khz, it means: k1=1k2=2; when SSS uses two frequencies with an interval of 30khz, it means: k1=1k2=2.5; when SSS uses two frequencies with an interval of 40khz, it means: k1=2k2 =1; when SSS uses three frequency points (interval of 10khz), it indicates: k1=2k2=1.5; when SSS uses three frequency points (interval of 20khz), it indicates: k1=2k2=2; when SSS uses three frequency points (interval of 10khz and 20khz), it indicates: k1=2k2=2.5; when SSS uses three frequency points (interval of 10khz and 30khz), it indicates: k1=3k2=1; when SSS uses four frequency points (interval of 10khz), it indicates: k1=3k2=1.5; when SSS uses four frequency points (interval of 20khz), it indicates: k1=3k2=2; when SSS uses four frequency point intervals (10k, 20k and 30k), it indicates: k1=3k2=2.5. Figure 17B is another example of the number and/or interval of frequency points used by SSS to indicate T1:T2:T3 provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 17A, when SSS uses two frequencies with an interval of 20 khz, it is indicated as: k1=1k2=2; when SSS uses three frequencies (with an interval of 10 khz), it is indicated as: k1=2k2=1.5; when SSS uses three frequencies (with an interval of 20 khz), it is indicated as: k1=2k2=2. Fig. 17B shows an example where the number of frequencies and/or intervals used by SSS indicate that T1:T2:T3 is 1:1:2, an example where T1:T2:T3 is 1:2:3, and an example where T1:T2:T3 is 1:2:4.
在该实现方式中,SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。 In this implementation, the number and/or interval of frequency points used by the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and no additional information needs to be sent to indicate the period ratio information, thereby saving signaling overhead.
前述实施例描述了网络设备发送的同步信号的周期和MIB的周期的比值是可变的。下面描述网络设备MIB的周期和SIB的周期的比值是可变的实施例。The above embodiment describes that the ratio between the period of the synchronization signal sent by the network device and the period of the MIB is variable. The following describes an embodiment in which the ratio between the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB of the network device is variable.
图18为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法交互流程图。如图18所示,该方法包括:FIG18 is an interactive flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG18 , the method includes:
1801、网络设备生成MIB和SIB。1801. The network device generates MIB and SIB.
1802、网络设备周期性发送MIB和SIB。1802. The network device periodically sends MIB and SIB.
第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值不同于第四时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。The ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the third time period is different from the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the fourth time period.
相应的,终端设备接收网络设备周期性发送的MIB和SIB。第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值不同于第四时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the MIB and SIB periodically sent by the network device. The ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period is different from the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the fourth time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中,图18中的方法流程还可以包括如下操作:网络设备发送第二控制信息,上述第二控制信息用于指示如下任一项:上述第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值,上述第三时间段内的MIB的周期以及SIB的周期;终端设备基于该第二控制信息,获知第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值。In a possible implementation, the method flow in Figure 18 may also include the following operations: the network device sends second control information, and the second control information is used to indicate any one of the following items: the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period, the MIB period and the SIB period in the third time period; the terminal device obtains the ratio of the MIB period to the SIB period in the third time period based on the second control information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三时间段内的一个同步信号的SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示如下任一项:上述第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值;上述第三时间段内的MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。终端设备可以根据第三时间段内的一个同步信号的SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔得到第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值,或者,第三时间段内的MIB的周期以及SIB的周期。在该实现方式中,SSS使用的频点的个数和/或间隔用于指示周期比值信息,不需要额外发送其他信息来指示周期比值信息,可以节省信令开销。In a possible implementation, the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS of a synchronization signal in the third time period is used to indicate any of the following: the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the third time period; the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB in the third time period. The terminal device can obtain the ratio of the period of the MIB to the period of the SIB in the third time period, or the period of the MIB and the period of the SIB in the third time period according to the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS of a synchronization signal in the third time period. In this implementation, the number and/or interval of frequencies used by the SSS is used to indicate the period ratio information, and there is no need to send other information to indicate the period ratio information, which can save signaling overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第三时间段内周期性发送的SIB包括由一个SIB分块得到的多个子SIB,上述多个子SIB的发送时间不同。示例性的,当一个SIB的持续时间大于第四阈值(比如640ms)时,网络设备分块发送SIB,即将一个SIB分块为多个子SIB进行发送。示例性的,当(T1-一个同步信号的持续时间)小于一个SIB的持续时间时,网络设备分块发送SIB。示例性的,当(T1-一个同步信号的持续时间-一个MIB的持续时间)小于一个SIB的持续时间时,网络设备分块发送SIB。在该实现方式中,第三时间段内周期性发送的SIB包括由一个SIB分块得到的多个子SIB;能够提高资源利用率。In a possible implementation, the SIB periodically sent in the third time period includes multiple sub-SIBs obtained by dividing a SIB into blocks, and the sending time of the multiple sub-SIBs is different. Exemplarily, when the duration of a SIB is greater than a fourth threshold (such as 640ms), the network device sends the SIB in blocks, that is, divides a SIB into multiple sub-SIBs for sending. Exemplarily, when (T1-the duration of a synchronization signal) is less than the duration of a SIB, the network device sends the SIB in blocks. Exemplarily, when (T1-the duration of a synchronization signal-the duration of a MIB) is less than the duration of a SIB, the network device sends the SIB in blocks. In this implementation, the SIB periodically sent in the third time period includes multiple sub-SIBs obtained by dividing a SIB into blocks; resource utilization can be improved.
示例性的,上述多个子SIB的持续时间相等,上述多个子SIB的持续时间基于上述第三时间段内的MIB的周期、上述第三时间段内的一个MIB的持续时间得到。多个子SIB的持续时间基于第三时间段内的MIB的周期、上述第三时间段内的一个MIB的持续时间得到;可以合理地确定子SIB的持续时间。Exemplarily, the durations of the multiple sub-SIBs are equal, and the durations of the multiple sub-SIBs are obtained based on the period of the MIB in the third time period and the duration of a MIB in the third time period. The durations of the multiple sub-SIBs are obtained based on the period of the MIB in the third time period and the duration of a MIB in the third time period; the duration of the sub-SIB can be reasonably determined.
示例性的,上述多个子SIB中的至少两个SIB的持续时间不同,上述多个子SIB中的子SIB的持续时间用于上述子SIB在上述多个子SIB中的排序的确定。多个子SIB中的子SIB的持续时间用于子SIB在该多个子SIB中的排序的确定,不必发送控制信息来指示子SIB在该多个子SIB中的排序;可以节省信令开销。Exemplarily, the duration of at least two SIBs among the multiple sub-SIBs is different, and the duration of the sub-SIB among the multiple sub-SIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-SIB among the multiple sub-SIBs. The duration of the sub-SIB among the multiple sub-SIBs is used to determine the order of the sub-SIB among the multiple sub-SIBs, and there is no need to send control information to indicate the order of the sub-SIB among the multiple sub-SIBs; signaling overhead can be saved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备在第三时间段内周期性发送的SIB包括由第二SIB分块得到的多个子SIB。网络设备对SIB进行分块发送的描述可以参阅图13中的步骤1301,这里不再赘述。示例性的,网络设备可以发送第二分块信息,上述第二分块信息用于指示上述第三时间段内发送的SIB的分块信息;终端设备基于该第二分块信息,获知第三时间段内发送的SIB的分块信息。SIB的分块信息可以包括一个SIB分块得到的子SIB的个数、长度、或位置等。在该实现方式中,发送第二分块信息,以便终端设备基于该第二分块信息获知第三时间段内发送的SIB的分块信息。In one possible implementation, the SIB periodically sent by the network device in the third time period includes multiple sub-SIBs obtained by the second SIB block. The description of the network device sending the SIB in blocks can be found in step 1301 in Figure 13, which will not be repeated here. Exemplarily, the network device may send second block information, and the above-mentioned second block information is used to indicate the block information of the SIB sent in the above-mentioned third time period; the terminal device obtains the block information of the SIB sent in the third time period based on the second block information. The block information of the SIB may include the number, length, or position of the sub-SIBs obtained by a SIB block. In this implementation, the second block information is sent so that the terminal device obtains the block information of the SIB sent in the third time period based on the second block information.
1803、终端设备解析接收到的MIB和SIB。1803. The terminal device parses the received MIB and SIB.
本申请实施例中,第三时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值不同于第四时间段内的MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值,表明MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值是可变的,而不是固定不变的。MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值是可变的相比于MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值固定不变;能够提高资源利用率。也就是说,MIB的周期与SIB的周期的比值根据实际需求进行调整,可以提高资源利用率,即减少空口资源的浪费。In the embodiment of the present application, the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the third time period is different from the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB in the fourth time period, indicating that the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is variable, rather than fixed. The ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is variable, compared with the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB being fixed; it can improve resource utilization. In other words, the ratio of the period of MIB to the period of SIB is adjusted according to actual needs, which can improve resource utilization, that is, reduce the waste of air interface resources.
下面结合附图介绍可实施本申请实施例提供的通信方法的通信装置的结构。下文仅对通信装置进行了简要说明,对于方案实现细节,可以参考前文方法实施例的描述,下文不再赘述。The structure of a communication device that can implement the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application is described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. The following only briefly describes the communication device. For details of the implementation of the solution, please refer to the description of the method embodiment above, which will not be repeated below.
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置1900的结构示意图。该通信装置1900可以对应实现上述各个方法实施例中终端设备实现的功能或者步骤,也可以对应实现上述各个方法实施例中网络设备(例如基站)实现的功能或者步骤。该通信装置可以包括处理模块1910和收发模块1920。在一种可能的实现方 式中,还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据。处理模块1910和收发模块1920可以与该存储单元耦合,例如,处理模块1910可以读取存储单元中的指令(代码或者程序)和/或数据,以实现相应的方法。上述各个单元可以独立设置,也可以部分或者全部集成。例如,收发模块1920可包括发送模块和接收模块。发送模块可以是发射机,接收模块可以是接收机。收发模块1920对应的实体可以是收发器,也可以是通信接口。FIG19 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 1900 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1900 may correspond to the functions or steps implemented by the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and may also correspond to the functions or steps implemented by the network device (such as a base station) in the above-mentioned method embodiments. The communication device may include a processing module 1910 and a transceiver module 1920. In one possible implementation, In the formula, a storage unit may also be included, which can be used to store instructions (codes or programs) and/or data. The processing module 1910 and the transceiver module 1920 may be coupled to the storage unit. For example, the processing module 1910 may read the instructions (codes or programs) and/or data in the storage unit to implement the corresponding method. The above-mentioned units may be independently arranged or partially or fully integrated. For example, the transceiver module 1920 may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module may be a transmitter, and the receiving module may be a receiver. The entity corresponding to the transceiver module 1920 may be a transceiver or a communication interface.
在一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置1900能够对应实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的行为和功能。例如通信装置1900可以为终端设备,也可以为应用于终端设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块1920例如可以用于执行图2、图5、图6、图9、图12、图3、图16、图18的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作。处理模块1910用于执行图2、图5、图6、图9、图12、图3、图16、图18的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作。In some possible implementations, the communication device 1900 can implement the behaviors and functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiments. For example, the communication device 1900 can be a terminal device, or a component (such as a chip or circuit) used in a terminal device. The transceiver module 1920 can be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of Figures 2, 5, 6, 9, 12, 3, 16, and 18. The processing module 1910 is used to perform all operations except the transceiver operation performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of Figures 2, 5, 6, 9, 12, 3, 16, and 18.
在一些可能的实施方式中,通信装置1900能够对应实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的行为和功能。例如通信装置1900可以为网络设备,也可以为应用于网络设备中的部件(例如芯片或者电路)。收发模块1920例如可以用于执行图2、图5、图6、图9、图12、图13、图16、图18的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作。处理模块1910用于执行图2、图5、图6、图9、图12、图13、图16、图18的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作。In some possible implementations, the communication device 1900 can implement the behaviors and functions of the network device in the above method embodiments. For example, the communication device 1900 can be a network device, or a component (such as a chip or circuit) used in a network device. The transceiver module 1920 can be used to perform all receiving or sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiments of Figures 2, 5, 6, 9, 12, 13, 16, and 18. The processing module 1910 is used to perform all operations except the transceiver operation performed by the network device in the embodiments of Figures 2, 5, 6, 9, 12, 13, 16, and 18.
图20为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置200的结构示意图。图20中的通信装置可以是上述终端设备,也可以是上述网络设备。如图20所示,该通信装置200包括至少一个处理器2010和收发器2020。FIG20 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication device 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device in FIG20 can be the above-mentioned terminal device or the above-mentioned network device. As shown in FIG20 , the communication device 200 includes at least one processor 2010 and a transceiver 2020.
在本申请的一些实施例中,处理器2010和收发器2020可以用于执行终端设备执行的功能或操作等。收发器2020例如用于执行图2、图5、图6、图9、图12、图13、图16、图18的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作。处理器2010例如用于执行图2、图5、图6、图9、图12、图13、图16、图18的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作。In some embodiments of the present application, the processor 2010 and the transceiver 2020 may be used to execute functions or operations performed by the terminal device. The transceiver 2020 is used, for example, to execute all receiving or sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of FIG. 2, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 9, FIG. 12, FIG. 13, FIG. 16, and FIG. 18. The processor 2010 is used, for example, to execute all operations except the receiving and sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiments of FIG. 2, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 9, FIG. 12, FIG. 13, FIG. 16, and FIG. 18.
在本申请的一些实施例中,处理器2010和收发器2020可以用于执行网络设备执行的功能或操作等。收发器2020例如用于执行图2、图5、图6、图9、图12、图13、图16、图18的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部接收或发送操作。处理器2010例如用于执行图2、图5、图6、图9、图12、图13、图16、图18的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作。In some embodiments of the present application, the processor 2010 and the transceiver 2020 may be used to execute functions or operations performed by the network device. The transceiver 2020 is used, for example, to execute all receiving or sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiments of FIG. 2, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 9, FIG. 12, FIG. 13, FIG. 16, and FIG. 18. The processor 2010 is used, for example, to execute all operations except the receiving and sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiments of FIG. 2, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 9, FIG. 12, FIG. 13, FIG. 16, and FIG. 18.
收发器2020用于通过传输介质和其他设备/装置进行通信。处理器2010利用收发器2020收发数据和/或信令,并用于实现上述方法实施例中的方法。处理器2010可实现处理模块1910的功能,收发器2020可实现收发模块1920的功能。可选的,收发器2020可以包括射频电路和天线,射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。The transceiver 2020 is used to communicate with other devices/apparatuses via a transmission medium. The processor 2010 uses the transceiver 2020 to send and receive data and/or signaling, and is used to implement the method in the above method embodiment. The processor 2010 can implement the functions of the processing module 1910, and the transceiver 2020 can implement the functions of the transceiver module 1920. Optionally, the transceiver 2020 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna, and the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals. The antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc. are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
可选的,通信装置200还可以包括至少一个存储器2030,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器2030和处理器2010耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器2010可能和存储器2030协同操作。处理器2010可能执行存储器2030中存储的程序指令。该至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。Optionally, the communication device 200 may further include at least one memory 2030 for storing program instructions and/or data. The memory 2030 is coupled to the processor 2010. The coupling in the embodiment of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. The processor 2010 may operate in coordination with the memory 2030. The processor 2010 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 2030. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
处理器2010可以读取存储器2030中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器2010对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信装置时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器2010,处理器2010将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。The processor 2010 can read the software program in the memory 2030, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor 2010 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal outward in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the communication device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 2010. The processor 2010 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
在另一种实现中,上述的射频电路和天线可以独立于进行基带处理的处理器而设置,例如在分布式场景中,射频电路和天线可以与独立于通信装置,呈拉远式的布置。In another implementation, the above-mentioned RF circuit and antenna can be arranged independently of the processor performing baseband processing. For example, in a distributed scenario, the RF circuit and antenna can be arranged independently of the communication device in a remote manner.
本申请实施例中不限定上述收发器2020、处理器2010以及存储器2030之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图20中以存储器2030、处理器2010以及收发器2020之间通过总线2040连接,总线在图20中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。该总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图20中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium between the above-mentioned transceiver 2020, the processor 2010 and the memory 2030 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 2030, the processor 2010 and the transceiver 2020 are connected through the bus 2040 in Figure 20, and the bus is represented by a bold line in Figure 20. The connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration and is not limited. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc. For ease of representation, only one bold line is used in Figure 20, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在本申请实施例中,处理器可以是以下器件中的一种:通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,或者前述器件 中用于处理功能的全部或部分电路,其可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiments of the present application, the processor may be one of the following devices: a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, or any of the foregoing devices. The whole or part of the circuits used for processing functions in the embodiment of the present application can realize or execute the methods, steps and logic diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. The general processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware processor to be executed, or a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor to be executed.
图21为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置210的结构示意图。图21中的通信装置可以是上述终端设备或用于上述终端设备的芯片,也可以是上述网络设备或用于上述网络设备的芯片。如图21所示,图21所示的通信装置包括逻辑电路2101和接口2102。图19中的处理模块1910可以用逻辑电路2101实现,图19中的收发模块1920可以用接口2102实现。其中,该逻辑电路2101可以为芯片、处理电路、集成电路或片上系统(system on chip,SoC)芯片等,接口2102可以为通信接口、输入输出接口等。本申请实施例中,逻辑电路和接口还可以相互耦合。对于逻辑电路和接口的具体连接方式,本申请实施例不作限定。FIG21 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication device 210 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device in FIG21 may be the above-mentioned terminal device or a chip for the above-mentioned terminal device, or may be the above-mentioned network device or a chip for the above-mentioned network device. As shown in FIG21 , the communication device shown in FIG21 includes a logic circuit 2101 and an interface 2102. The processing module 1910 in FIG19 may be implemented with a logic circuit 2101, and the transceiver module 1920 in FIG19 may be implemented with an interface 2102. Among them, the logic circuit 2101 may be a chip, a processing circuit, an integrated circuit or a system on chip (SoC) chip, etc., and the interface 2102 may be a communication interface, an input-output interface, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the logic circuit and the interface may also be coupled to each other. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection method of the logic circuit and the interface.
在本申请的一些实施例中,该逻辑电路和接口可用于执行上述终端设备执行的功能或操作等。In some embodiments of the present application, the logic circuit and interface may be used to execute the functions or operations performed by the above-mentioned terminal device, etc.
在本申请的一些实施例中,该逻辑电路和接口可用于执行上述网络设备执行的功能或操作等。In some embodiments of the present application, the logic circuit and interface may be used to execute the functions or operations performed by the above-mentioned network device, etc.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述实施例的方法。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which a computer program or instruction is stored. When the computer program or instruction is executed on a computer, the computer executes the method of the above embodiment.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令或计算机程序,当该指令或计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得上述实施例中的方法被执行。The present application also provides a computer program product, which includes instructions or a computer program. When the instructions or the computer program are run on a computer, the method in the above embodiment is executed.
本申请还提供一种通信系统,包括上述网络设备和上述终端设备。The present application also provides a communication system, comprising the above-mentioned network device and the above-mentioned terminal device.
本申请还提供一种芯片,该芯片包括:通信接口和处理器;该通信接口,用于上述芯片的信号收发;该处理器,用于执行计算机程序指令,使得包括上述芯片的通信装置执行如上述实施例中的方法。The present application also provides a chip, which includes: a communication interface and a processor; the communication interface is used for sending and receiving signals of the above-mentioned chip; the processor is used for executing computer program instructions so that a communication device including the above-mentioned chip executes the method in the above-mentioned embodiment.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。上述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行上述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例上述的流程或功能。上述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。上述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,上述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。上述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。上述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘。该计算机可读存储介质可以是易失性或非易失性存储介质,或可包括易失性和非易失性两种类型的存储介质。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The above computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions. When the above computer program or instruction is loaded and executed on a computer, the above process or function of the embodiment of the present application is executed in whole or in part. The above computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user device or other programmable device. The above computer program or instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the above computer program or instruction may be transmitted from one website site, computer, server or data center to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means. The above computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media. The above available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disc; it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid-state hard disk. The computer-readable storage medium may be a volatile or nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。 In the various embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified or provided in a logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between the different embodiments are consistent and may be referenced to each other, and the technical features in the different embodiments may be combined to form new embodiments according to their inherent logical relationships.
Claims (34)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202311142206.3 | 2023-09-05 | ||
| CN202311142206.3A CN119584267A (en) | 2023-09-05 | 2023-09-05 | Communication method, communication device, chip and computer readable storage medium |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025051074A1 true WO2025051074A1 (en) | 2025-03-13 |
Family
ID=94813075
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/116170 Pending WO2025051074A1 (en) | 2023-09-05 | 2024-08-31 | Communication method, communication apparatus, chip and computer-readable storage medium |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN119584267A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2025051074A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2014036692A1 (en) * | 2012-09-04 | 2014-03-13 | Broadcom Corporation | Energy saving mode management for a network element |
| US20210168747A1 (en) * | 2018-04-16 | 2021-06-03 | Sony Corporation | Infrastructure equipment, wireless communications network, communication device and methods |
| CN115243347A (en) * | 2021-04-22 | 2022-10-25 | 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 | Wireless communication method, user equipment, network equipment and storage medium |
| US20220352962A1 (en) * | 2019-10-10 | 2022-11-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Indication of synchronization signal and physical broadcasting channel block transmission beam adjustment |
-
2023
- 2023-09-05 CN CN202311142206.3A patent/CN119584267A/en active Pending
-
2024
- 2024-08-31 WO PCT/CN2024/116170 patent/WO2025051074A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2014036692A1 (en) * | 2012-09-04 | 2014-03-13 | Broadcom Corporation | Energy saving mode management for a network element |
| US20210168747A1 (en) * | 2018-04-16 | 2021-06-03 | Sony Corporation | Infrastructure equipment, wireless communications network, communication device and methods |
| US20220352962A1 (en) * | 2019-10-10 | 2022-11-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Indication of synchronization signal and physical broadcasting channel block transmission beam adjustment |
| CN115243347A (en) * | 2021-04-22 | 2022-10-25 | 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 | Wireless communication method, user equipment, network equipment and storage medium |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN119584267A (en) | 2025-03-07 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP3965338B1 (en) | Information transmission method and apparatus, and computer readable storage medium | |
| US20240244551A1 (en) | Signal transmission method and apparatus | |
| KR101942348B1 (en) | Bluetooth Low Energy Combined Listen and Scan Window | |
| RU2691637C1 (en) | COMMON SEARCH SPACE (CSS) FOR PAGING NB-IoT DEVICES | |
| US12021770B2 (en) | Method and device to provide a reference signal sending or receiving mechanism | |
| CN113261320B (en) | Communication method, device and system | |
| JP2016535505A (en) | D2D signal transmission method and apparatus | |
| WO2019061115A1 (en) | Carrier switching method on unlicensed spectrum, base station, and terminal device | |
| WO2020147728A1 (en) | Communication method and device | |
| WO2023284620A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| KR20240064024A (en) | Signal transmission method, signal reception method, and communication device | |
| US20240389079A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus, computer-readable storage medium, computer program product, and chip | |
| US20240267831A1 (en) | Information transmission method and apparatus | |
| US20210336735A1 (en) | Electronic device, wireless communication method and computer readable medium | |
| CN109076450A (en) | Method and apparatus for sending and receiving information in a wireless communication system | |
| WO2019041261A1 (en) | Communication method and device | |
| KR20240129614A (en) | Downlink transmission method and device | |
| CN115913827B (en) | Wireless communication method and communication device | |
| US20250150969A1 (en) | Signal transmission method and communication apparatus | |
| WO2025007908A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
| WO2024032120A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| WO2025051074A1 (en) | Communication method, communication apparatus, chip and computer-readable storage medium | |
| CN114402657A (en) | Communication method, device and system | |
| JP2021510032A (en) | Methods, network devices, and terminal devices for providing minimal remaining system information | |
| WO2019154214A1 (en) | Synchronization signal configuration method and related device |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24861918 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |